The Imperial College Lectures in
PETROLEUM ENGINEERING
                                  Fluid Flow in Porous Media
                                              Volume
Q0146_9781786344991_TP.indd 1                                  22/2/18 4:11 PM
               Other Related Titles from World Scientific
               The Imperial College Lectures in Petroleum Engineering
               Volume 1: An Introduction to Petroleum Geoscience
               by Michael Ala
               ISBN: 978-1-78634-206-5
               The Imperial College Lectures in Petroleum Engineering
               Volume 2: Reservoir Engineering
               by Martin J Blunt
               ISBN: 978-1-78634-209-6
               The Imperial College Lectures in Petroleum Engineering
               Volume 3: Topics in Reservoir Management
               by Deryck Bond, Samuel Krevor, Ann Muggeridge, David Waldren and
               Robert Zimmerman
               ISBN: 978-1-78634-284-3
               The Imperial College Lectures in Petroleum Engineering
               Volume 4: Drilling and Reservoir Appraisal
               by Olivier Allain, Michael Dyson, Xudong Jing, Christopher Pentland,
               Marcel Polikar and Sander Suicmez
               ISBN: 978-1-78634-395-6
Herbert Moses - Q0146 - The Imperial College Lectures in Petroleum Engineering.indd 1   01-03-18 2:44:39 PM
                   The Imperial College Lectures in
                   PETROLEUM ENGINEERING
                         Fluid Flow in Porous Media
                                                              Volume
                                           Robert W. Zimmerman
                                           Imperial College London, UK
                                                    World Scientific
      NEW JERSEY   •   LONDON   •   SINGAPORE   •   BEIJING   •   SHANGHAI   •   HONG KONG   •   TAIPEI   •   CHENNAI   •   TOKYO
Q0146_9781786344991_TP.indd 2                                                                                               22/2/18 4:11 PM
               Published by
               World Scientific Publishing Europe Ltd.
               57 Shelton Street, Covent Garden, London WC2H 9HE
               Head office: 5 Toh Tuck Link, Singapore 596224
               USA office: 27 Warren Street, Suite 401-402, Hackensack, NJ 07601
               Library of Congress Cataloging-in-Publication Data
               Names: Zimmerman, Robert Wayne, author.
               Title: Fluid flow in porous media / by author: Robert Zimmerman
               	 (Imperial College London, United Kingdom).
               Description: [Hackensack] New Jersey : World Scientific, [2018] |
               	 Series: The Imperial College lectures in petroleum engineering ; volume 5 |
               	 Includes bibliographical references.
               Identifiers: LCCN 2017048948 | ISBN 9781786344991 (hc : alk. paper)
               Subjects: LCSH: Oil reservoir engineering. | Petroleum--Migration. | Fluids--Migration.
               Classification: LCC TN870.57 .Z56 2018 | DDC 622/.3382--dc23
               LC record available at https://lccn.loc.gov/2017048948
               British Library Cataloguing-in-Publication Data
               A catalogue record for this book is available from the British Library.
               Copyright © 2018 by World Scientific Publishing Europe Ltd.
               All rights reserved. This book, or parts thereof, may not be reproduced in any form or by any means,
               electronic or mechanical, including photocopying, recording or any information storage and retrieval
               system now known or to be invented, without written permission from the Publisher.
               For photocopying of material in this volume, please pay a copying fee through the Copyright Clearance
               Center, Inc., 222 Rosewood Drive, Danvers, MA 01923, USA. In this case permission to photocopy
               is not required from the publisher.
               For any available supplementary material, please visit
               http://www.worldscientific.com/worldscibooks/10.1142/Q0146#t=suppl
               Desk Editors: Herbert Moses/Jennifer Brough/Shi Ying Koe
               Typeset by Stallion Press
               Email: 
[email protected]               Printed in Singapore
Herbert Moses - Q0146 - The Imperial College Lectures in Petroleum Engineering.indd 2                            01-03-18 2:44:39 PM
March 1, 2018   14:32    Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in   b3114-fm       page v
                                          Preface
        This book is the fifth volume of a set of lecture notes based on the
        Master of Science course in Petroleum Engineering that is taught
        within the Department of Earth Science and Engineering at Imperial
        College London. The Petroleum Engineering MSc is a one-year course
        that comprises three components: (a) a set of lectures on the different
        topics that constitute the field of petroleum engineering, along with
        associated homework assignments and examinations; (b) a group
        field project in which the class is broken up into groups of about
        six students, who then use data from an actual reservoir to develop
        the field from the initial appraisal based on seismic and geological
        data, all the way through to eventual abandonment; and (c) a 14-
        week individual project, in which each student investigates a specific
        problem and writes a small “thesis” in the format of an SPE paper.
            The Petroleum Engineering MSc course has been taught at
        Imperial College since 1976, and has trained over a thousand
        petroleum engineers. The course is essentially a “conversion course”
        that aims to take students who have an undergraduate degree in
        some area of engineering or physical science, but not necessarily any
        specific experience in petroleum engineering, and train them to the
        point at which they can enter the oil and gas industry as petroleum
        engineers. Although the incoming cohort has included students with
        undergraduate degrees in fields as varied as physics, mathematics,
        geology, and electrical engineering, the “typical” student on the
        course has an undergraduate degree in chemical or mechanical
                                                  v
March 1, 2018    14:32        Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in         b3114-fm            page vi
        vi      Fluid Flow in Porous Media
        engineering, and little if any prior exposure to petroleum engineering.
        Although some students enter the course having had some experience
        in the oil industry, the course is intended to be self-contained,
        and prior knowledge of petroleum engineering or geology is not a
        prerequisite for any of the lecture modules.
            The present volume presents the equations of fluid flow in
        porous media, with a focus on topics and issues that are relevant
        to petroleum reservoir engineering. No prior knowledge of this topic
        is assumed on the part of the reader, and particular attention is
        given to a careful mathematical and conceptual development of
        the governing equations, and to presenting solutions to important
        reservoir flow problems. The mathematical level is intended to
        be accessible to third- or fourth-year undergraduate students in
        engineering. Advanced topics such as Laplace transforms and Bessel
        functions, which play a key role in solving reservoir engineering
        problems, are developed in a self-contained manner. Although these
        notes have been written with a focus on petroleum engineering, it
        is expected that they will also be useful to hydrologists and civil
        engineers.
            The author thanks the editorial and production staff at World
        Scientific for bringing this book to completion so rapidly and
        professionally. Special thanks go to Dr. Hanli de la Porte of PetroSim
        Consultants, who read the first draft of this book, and whose
        comments, criticisms, and suggestions helped to greatly improve its
        readability and practical relevance.
                                                                        Robert W. Zimmerman
                                                                       Imperial College London
                                                                                 January 2018
March 1, 2018   14:32   Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in   b3114-fm       page vii
                             About the Author
        Robert W. Zimmerman obtained a BS and MS in mechanical
        engineering from Columbia University, and a PhD in rock mechanics
        from the University of California at Berkeley. He has been a lecturer
        at UC Berkeley, a staff scientist at the Lawrence Berkeley National
        Laboratory, and Head of the Division of Engineering Geology
        and Geophysics at the Royal Institute of Technology (KTH) in
        Stockholm. He is the Editor-in-Chief of the International Journal
        of Rock Mechanics and Mining Sciences, and serves on the Editorial
        Boards of Transport in Porous Media and the International Journal
        of Engineering Science. He is the author of the monograph Compress-
        ibility of Sandstones (Elsevier, 1991), and co-author, with JC Jaeger
        and NGW Cook, of Fundamentals of Rock Mechanics (4th ed., Wiley-
        Blackwell, 2007). He is currently Professor of Rock Mechanics at
        Imperial College, where he conducts research on rock mechanics and
        fractured rock hydrology, with applications to petroleum engineering,
        underground mining, carbon sequestration, and radioactive waste
        disposal.
                                                vii
                  b2530   International Strategic Relations and China’s National Security: World at the Crossroads
                                      This page intentionally left blank
b2530_FM.indd 6                                                                                                      01-Sep-16 11:03:06 AM
March 1, 2018   14:32       Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in   b3114-fm                       page ix
                                            Contents
        Preface                                                                                v
        About the Author                                                                      vii
        Chapter 1. Pressure Diffusion Equation for
                   Fluid Flow in Porous Rocks                                                  1
        1.1. Darcy’s Law and the Definition of Permeability                .   .   .   .   .    1
        1.2. Datum Levels and Corrected Pressure . . . . . .              .   .   .   .   .    5
        1.3. Concept of Representative Elementary Volume                  .   .   .   .   .    6
        1.4. Radial, Steady-state Flow to a Well . . . . . . . .          .   .   .   .   .    7
        1.5. Conservation of Mass Equation . . . . . . . . . . .          .   .   .   .   .   10
        1.6. Diffusion Equation in Cartesian Coordinates . .               .   .   .   .   .   12
        1.7. Diffusion Equation in Cylindrical Coordinates .               .   .   .   .   .   16
        1.8. Governing Equations for Multi-phase Flow . . .               .   .   .   .   .   18
        Problems for Chapter 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      .   .   .   .   .   20
        Chapter 2. Line Source Solution for a Vertical
                   Well in an Infinite Reservoir                                               23
        2.1. Derivation of the Line Source Solution . . . . . . . .               ...         23
        2.2. Dimensionless Pressure and Time . . . . . . . . . . .                ...         30
        2.3. Range of Applicability of the Line Source Solution                   ...         33
        2.4. Logarithmic Approximation to the Line Source
             Solution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     ...         34
        2.5. Instantaneous Pulse of Injected Fluid . . . . . . . . .              ...         37
                                                     ix
March 1, 2018   14:32       Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in    b3114-fm                      page x
        x   Fluid Flow in Porous Media
        2.6. Estimating Permeability and Storativity from a
             Drawdown Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                 39
        Problems for Chapter 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                 43
        Chapter 3. Superposition and Pressure Buildup
                   Tests                                                                       45
        3.1. Linearity and the Principle of Superposition . . .                .   .   .   .   45
        3.2. Pressure Buildup Test in an Infinite Reservoir . .                 .   .   .   .   47
        3.3. Multi-rate Flow Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         .   .   .   .   51
        3.4. Convolution Integral for Variable-rate Flow Tests                 .   .   .   .   52
        Problems for Chapter 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         .   .   .   .   55
        Chapter 4. Effect of Faults and Linear Boundaries                                       57
        4.1.Superposition of Sources/Sinks in Space . . . .              ......                57
        4.2.Effect of an Impermeable Vertical Fault . . . .               ......                59
        4.3.Two Intersecting Impermeable Vertical Faults                 ......                62
        4.4.Well Near a Linear Constant-pressure Vertical
            Boundary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     ......                65
        Problems for Chapter 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       ......                67
        Chapter 5. Wellbore Skin and Wellbore Storage                                          69
        5.1. Wellbore Skin Concept: Steady-state Model . . .                   ....            69
        5.2. Effect of Wellbore Skin on Drawdown or Buildup
             Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   .   .   .   .   73
        5.3. Wellbore Storage Phenomena . . . . . . . . . . . . .              .   .   .   .   76
        5.4. Effect of Wellbore Storage on Well Tests . . . . . .               .   .   .   .   78
        Problem for Chapter 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        .   .   .   .   80
        Chapter 6. Production From Bounded Reservoirs                                          81
        6.1. Production From Bounded Reservoirs and/or Finite
             Drainage Areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                81
        6.2. Well at the Centre of a Circular Reservoir With
             Constant Pressure on Its Outer Boundary
             and Constant Wellbore Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                      83
March 1, 2018   14:32      Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in   b3114-fm                         page xi
                                                                                   Contents     xi
        6.3. Well at the Centre of a Circular Reservoir With
             Constant Pressure on Its Outer Boundary and
             Constant Flow Rate into the Wellbore . . . . . .              .....                93
        6.4. Well at the Centre of a Circular Reservoir
             With a No-flow Outer Boundary and Constant
             Flow Rate into the Wellbore . . . . . . . . . . . .           .....                95
        6.5. Non-circular Drainage Regions . . . . . . . . . . .           .....                99
        Problems for Chapter 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       .....               101
        Chapter 7. Laplace Transform Methods in
                   Reservoir Engineering                                                       103
        7.1. Introduction to Laplace Transforms . . . . . . .          .   .   .   .   .   .   103
        7.2. Flow to a Hydraulically Fractured Well . . . .            .   .   .   .   .   .   112
        7.3. Convolution Principle in the Laplace Domain               .   .   .   .   .   .   116
        7.4. Numerical Inversion of Laplace Transforms . .             .   .   .   .   .   .   119
        Problems for Chapter 7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     .   .   .   .   .   .   121
        Chapter 8. Naturally-Fractured Reservoirs                                              123
        8.1. Dual-porosity Model of Barenblatt et al. . . . . . . .                .   .   .   123
        8.2. Dual-porosity Equations in Dimensionless Form . .                     .   .   .   127
        8.3. Line Source Problem in a Dual-porosity Reservoir                      .   .   .   130
        Problems for Chapter 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .           .   .   .   134
        Chapter 9. Flow of Gases in Porous Media                                               135
        9.1. Diffusion Equation for Gas Flow in Porous Media .                      .   .   .   136
        9.2. Ideal Gas, Constant Reservoir Properties . . . . . .                  .   .   .   137
        9.3. Real Gas, Variable Reservoir Properties . . . . . . .                 .   .   .   139
        9.4. Non-Darcy Flow Effects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .               .   .   .   142
        9.5. Klinkenberg Effect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .           .   .   .   145
        Problem for Chapter 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          .   .   .   149
        Appendix: Solutions to Problems                                                        151
        Nomenclature                                                                           191
        References                                                                             197
        Index                                                                                  201
                  b2530   International Strategic Relations and China’s National Security: World at the Crossroads
                                      This page intentionally left blank
b2530_FM.indd 6                                                                                                      01-Sep-16 11:03:06 AM
March 1, 2018   14:33    Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in   b3114-ch01             page 1
                                        Chapter 1
                 Pressure Diffusion Equation for Fluid
                        Flow in Porous Rocks
        In this chapter, we will derive the basic differential equations that
        govern the time-dependent flow of fluids through porous media such
        as rocks or soils. This will be done by combining the principle of
        conservation of mass with Darcy’s law, which relates the flow rate
        to the pressure gradient. The resulting differential equation will be a
        diffusion-type equation that governs the way that the fluid pressure
        changes as a function of time and varies spatially throughout the
        reservoir. The governing equations derived in this chapter form the
        basis of analytical models that are used in well test analysis, and, in
        discretised form, form the basis of numerical simulation codes that
        are used in petroleum reservoir engineering to predict oil and gas
        recovery.
        1.1. Darcy’s Law and the Definition of Permeability
        The basic law governing the flow of fluids through porous media
        is Darcy’s law, which was formulated by the French civil engineer
        Henry Darcy in 1856 on the basis of his experiments on vertical
        water filtration through sand beds. Darcy (1856) found that his data
        could be described by
                                           CAΔ(P − ρgz)
                                   Q=                   ,                      (1.1.1)
                                               L
                                                  1
March 1, 2018   14:33     Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in   b3114-ch01       page 2
        2   Fluid Flow in Porous Media
        where P is the pressure (Pa), ρ is the density (kg/m3 ), g is
        the gravitational acceleration (m/s2 ), z is the vertical coordinate
        (measured downwards) (m), L is the length of sample (m), Q is the
        volumetric flow rate (m3 /s), C is the constant of proportionality
        (m2 /Pa s), and A is the cross-sectional area of the sample (m2 ).
             Any consistent set of units can be used in Darcy’s law, such
        as SI units, cgs units, British engineering units, etc. Unfortunately,
        in the oil and gas industry it is common to use so-called “oilfield
        units”, which are not self-consistent. Oilfield units (i.e. barrels, feet,
        pounds per square inch, etc.) will not be used in these notes, except
        occasionally in some of the problems.
             Darcy’s law is mathematically analogous to other linear phe-
        nomenological transport laws, such as Ohm’s law for electrical
        conduction, Fick’s law for solute diffusion, and Fourier’s law for heat
        conduction.
             Why does the term “P − ρgz” govern the flow rate? Recall from
        elementary fluid mechanics that Bernoulli’s equation, which essen-
        tially embodies the principle of “conservation of energy”, contains
        the terms                                                            
                         P         v2    1              ρv 2
                           − gz +      =     P − ρgz +         ,         (1.1.2)
                         ρ          2    ρ                2
        where P/ρ is related to the enthalpy per unit mass, −gz is the
        gravitational energy per unit mass, and v 2 /g is the kinetic energy
        per unit mass. Fluid velocities in a reservoir are usually very
        small, and so the third term is usually negligible, in which case
        we see that the combination P − ρgz represents an energy-type
        term. It seems reasonable that fluid would flow from regions of
        higher energy to lower energy, and, therefore, the driving force
        for flow should be the gradient (i.e. the rate of spatial change) of
        P − ρgz.
            Subsequent to Darcy’s initial discovery, it has been found that,
        all other factors being equal, Q is inversely proportional to the
        fluid viscosity, μ (Pa s). It is therefore convenient to factor out μ,
        and put C = k/μ, where k is known as the permeability, with
        dimensions (m2 ).
March 1, 2018   14:33     Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in   b3114-ch01             page 3
                        Pressure Diffusion Equation for Fluid Flow in Porous Rocks     3
            It is usually more convenient to work with the volumetric flow
        per unit area, q = Q/A, rather than the total flow rate, Q. In terms
        of q, Darcy’s law can be written as
                                        Q   k Δ(P − ρgz)
                                  q=      =              ,                      (1.1.3)
                                        A   μ     L
        where the flux q has dimensions of (m/s). Since q is not quite the
        same as the velocity of the individual fluid particles (see Eq. (9.4.5)),
        it is perhaps better to think of these units as (m3 /m2 s).
             For transient processes in which the flux varies from point-
        to-point in a reservoir, we need a differential form of Darcy’s law.
        In the vertical direction, this equation takes the form
                                        Q   −k d(P − ρgz)
                                qv =      =               ,                     (1.1.4)
                                        A   μ      dz
        where z is the downward-pointing vertical coordinate. The minus
        sign is included because the fluid flows in the direction from higher
        to lower values of P − ρgz.
            Since z is constant in the horizontal direction, the differential
        form of Darcy’s law for one-dimensional (1D) horizontal flow is
                                 Q   −k d(P − ρgz)   −k dP
                         qH =      =               =       .                    (1.1.5)
                                 A   μ      dx       μ dx
        For most sedimentary rocks, the permeability in the horizontal
        plane, kH , is different than permeability in the vertical direction,
        kV . Typically, kH > kV . The permeabilities in any two orthogonal
        directions within the horizontal plane may also differ. However, in
        these notes we will usually assume that kH = kV , and denote the
        permeability by k.
            The permeability is a function of rock type, and also varies with
        stress, temperature, etc., but does not depend on the fluid; the effect
        of the fluid on the flow rate is accounted for by the viscosity term in
        Eq. (1.1.4) or (1.1.5).
            Permeability has units of m2 , but in the petroleum industry it is
        conventional to use “Darcy” units, defined by
                        1 Darcy = 0.987 × 10−12 m2 ≈ 10−12 m2 .                 (1.1.6)
March 1, 2018   14:33        Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in   b3114-ch01       page 4
        4   Fluid Flow in Porous Media
        The Darcy unit is defined such that a rock having a permeability
        of 1 Darcy would transmit 1 cm3 of water (which has a viscosity of
        1 cP) per sec, through a region of 1 cm2 cross-sectional area, if the
        pressure drop along the direction of flow were equal to 1 atm per cm.
            Different soils and sands that civil engineers deal with have
        permeabilities of a few Darcies. Hence, the original purpose of the
        “Darcy” unit was to avoid the need for using small prefixes such
        as 10−12 , as would be needed if k were measured in units of m2 .
        Fortunately, a Darcy is nearly a round number in SI units, so
        conversion between the two units is easy.
            The numerical value of k for a given rock depends on the diameter
        of the pores in the rock, d, as well as on the degree of interconnectivity
        of the void space. Very roughly speaking, k ≈ d2 /1,000; see Chapter 1
        of Volume 3 of this series (Zimmerman, 2017a) for a derivation. For
        example, a rock with a typical pore size of 10×10−6 m, i.e. 10 microns,
        would be expected to have a permeability of about 10−13 m2 , or
        0.1 D. Typical values for intact (i.e. unfractured) rock are given
        in Table 1.1.
            The permeabilities of different rocks and soils vary over many
        orders of magnitude. However, the permeabilities of petroleum
        reservoir rocks tend to be in the range of 0.001–1.0 Darcies. It is
        therefore convenient to quantify the permeability of reservoir rocks
        in units of a “milliDarcy” (mD), i.e. 0.001 D.
                 Table 1.1. Range of values of permeabilities of various rock types.
                 Rock type                          k (Darcies)            k (m2 )
                 Coarse gravel                        103 –104           10−9 –10−8
                 Sands, gravels                       100 –103          10−12 –10−9
                 Fine sand, silt                     10−4 –100          10−16 –10−12
                 Clay, shales                        10−9 –10−6         10−21 –10−18
                 Limestones                          10−4 –100          10−16 –10−12
                 Sandstones                          10−5 –101          10−17 –10−11
                 Weathered chalk                      100 –102          10−12 –10−10
                 Unweathered chalk                   10−9 –10−1         10−21 –10−13
                 Granite, gneiss                     10−8 –10−4         10−20 –10−16
March 1, 2018   14:33     Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in   b3114-ch01             page 5
                        Pressure Diffusion Equation for Fluid Flow in Porous Rocks     5
            The values in Table 1.1 are for intact rock. In some reservoirs,
        the permeability is mainly due to an interconnected network of
        fractures. The permeabilities of fractured rock masses tend to be
        in the range of 1 mD–10 Darcies. In a fractured reservoir, the
        reservoir-scale permeability is not directly related to the core-scale
        permeability that one would measure in the laboratory on an
        unfractured core.
        1.2. Datum Levels and Corrected Pressure
        If the fluid is in static equilibrium, then q = 0, and Eq. (1.1.4) yields
                        d(P − ρgz)
                                   = 0 → P − ρgz = constant.                    (1.2.1)
                            dz
        If we take z = 0 to be at the surface, where the fluid pressure is
        atmospheric, then the static reservoir fluid pressure at a depth z is
                                  Pstatic (z) = Patm + ρgz.                     (1.2.2)
             As we always measure the reservoir pressure as “gauge pressure”
        (i.e. the pressure above atmospheric, as measured by a downhole
        pressure gauge), we can essentially neglect Patm in Eq. (1.2.2). We
        then see by comparing Eq. (1.2.2) with Eq. (1.1.4) that only the
        pressure above and beyond the static pressure given in Eq. (1.2.2)
        plays a role in “driving” the flow. In a sense, then, the term ρgz is
        superfluous because it only contributes to the static pressure, but
        does not contribute to the driving force for flow.
             In order to remove this extraneous term, it is common to define
        a corrected pressure, Pc , as
                                         Pc = P − ρgz.                          (1.2.3)
        (Note that this “corrected pressure” is unrelated to the capillary
        pressure, defined in Section 1.8, which is also usually denoted by Pc .)
        In terms of the corrected pressure, Darcy’s law (for, say, horizontal
        flow) can be written as
                                             Q   −k dPc
                                       q=      =        .                       (1.2.4)
                                             A   μ dx
March 1, 2018   14:33     Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in   b3114-ch01             page 6
        6   Fluid Flow in Porous Media
            Instead of using the surface level (z = 0) as the “datum”, we often
        use some depth zo such that equal amounts of initial oil-in-place lie
        above and below zo . In this case,
                                    Pc = P − ρg(z − zo ).                       (1.2.5)
        The choice of the datum level is immaterial, in the sense that it only
        contributes a constant term to the corrected pressure, and so does not
        contribute to the pressure gradient. The corrected pressure defined
        in Eq. (1.2.5) can be interpreted as the pressure of a hypothetical
        fluid at depth zo that would be in hydrostatic equilibrium with the
        fluid that exists at the actual pressure at depth z.
        1.3. Concept of Representative Elementary Volume
        Darcy’s law is a macroscopic law that is intended to be meaningful
        over regions that are much larger than the size of a single pore.
        In other words, when we talk about the permeability at a point
        “(x, y, z)” in the reservoir, we cannot be referring to the permeability
        at a mathematically infinitesimal “point” because a given point may,
        for example, lie in a sand grain, not in the pore space!
            The property of permeability is in fact only defined for a porous
        medium, not for an individual pore. Hence, the permeability is a
        property that is in some sense “averaged out” over a certain region
        of space surrounded by the mathematical point (x, y, z). This region
        must be large enough to encompass a statistically significant number
        of pores. Likewise, the “pressure” that we use in Darcy’s law is
        actually an average pressure taken over a small region of space.
            For example, consider Figure 1.1, which shows a few pores in
        a sandstone. Two position vectors, R1 and R2 , are indicated in
        the figure. However, when we refer to the “pressure” at a certain
        location in the reservoir, we do not distinguish between two nearby
        points such as these. Instead, the entire region shown in the figure
        would be represented by an average pressure that is taken over
        the indicated circular region, which is known as a “representative
        elementary volume” (REV). Similarly, the permeability of a rock is
        only defined over the REV length scale (Bear, 1972).
March 1, 2018   14:33     Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in   b3114-ch01           page 7
                        Pressure Diffusion Equation for Fluid Flow in Porous Rocks   7
                        Figure 1.1. Representative elementary volume.
             Roughly, in sandstones, the REV scale must be at least one
        order of magnitude larger than the mean pore size. However, in
        heterogeneous rocks such as carbonates, the pore size may vary
        spatially in an irregular manner, and an REV might not exist.
        Although it is important to be aware of this concept, for most
        reservoir engineering purposes, no explicit consideration of this issue
        is required.
        1.4. Radial, Steady-state Flow to a Well
        Before we derive the general transient equation that governs fluid flow
        through porous media, we will examine a simple, but illustrative,
        problem that can be solved using only Darcy’s law: a circular
        reservoir that has a constant pressure at its outer boundary, and
        a constant flow rate into the wellbore.
            Consider (see Figure 1.2) a reservoir of thickness H and hori-
        zontal permeability k, fully penetrated by a vertical well of radius
        Rw . Assume that at some radius Ro , the pressure remains at
        its undisturbed value, Po . If we pump oil from this well at a
        rate Q, what will be the steady-state pressure distribution in the
        reservoir?
March 1, 2018   14:33            Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in   b3114-ch01              page 8
        8   Fluid Flow in Porous Media
                        Figure 1.2. Well in a bounded circular reservoir (side view).
            Note that, initially, the pressure at any location in the reservoir
        will vary with time; this transient problem is discussed and solved in
        Section 6.3. But eventually, the pressure distribution in this reservoir
        will reach a steady state, in which dP/dt = 0. This is the situation
        that we will now consider. In the steady state, the flow rate into the
        reservoir at R = Ro will exactly equal the flow rate into the wellbore
        at R = Rw .
            The analogue of Eq. (1.1.5) for flow in the R direction is
                                                        −kA dP
                                                Q=             .                        (1.4.1)
                                                         μ dR
        The cross-sectional area normal to the flow, at a radial distance R
        from the centre of the well, is 2πRH (i.e. a cylindrical surface of
        height H and perimeter 2πR), so
                                                     −2πkH dP
                                             Q=           R    .                        (1.4.2)
                                                       μ    dR
        Separate the variables, and integrate from the outer boundary,
        R = Ro , to some generic location R:
                                          dR   −2πkH
                                             =       dP,
                                           R    μQ
                                        R        P
                                           dR        2πkH
                                     ⇒        =−          dP,
                                        Ro R      Po  μQ
March 1, 2018   14:33         Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in   b3114-ch01               page 9
                          Pressure Diffusion Equation for Fluid Flow in Porous Rocks         9
                                                                                          R −2πkH
                                ⇒ ln               (P − Po ),
                                                    =
                                           Ro  μQ                                                       
                                               μQ      R
                               ⇒ P (R) = Po −      ln        .                        (1.4.3)
                                              2πkH     Ro
        Equation (1.4.3) is the famous Dupuit–Thiem equation, first derived
        in 1857 by the French hydrologist Jules Dupuit (Dupuit, 1857).
        The German hydrologist Adolf Thiem (Thiem, 1887) seems to have
        been the first to popularise the use of this equation to estimate the
        permeability of groundwater aquifers.
            Since the pressure varies logarithmically with distance from the
        wellbore (Figure 1.3), most of the drawdown occurs near the well,
        whereas far from the well, the pressure varies slowly.
            We can make the following comments about Eq. (1.4.3):
        • If fluid is pumped from the well, then (mathematically) Q is
          negative because the fluid is flowing in the direction opposite to
          the direction of the radial coordinate, R. Hence, P (R) will be less
          than Po for any R < Ro .
        • The amount by which P (R) is less than Po is called the pressure
          drawdown.
        • The only reservoir parameter that affects the pressure drawdown
          is the “permeability-thickness” product, kH.
                    Figure 1.3. Steady-state flow to a well in a circular reservoir.
March 1, 2018   14:33        Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in   b3114-ch01             page 10
        10      Fluid Flow in Porous Media
        • The pressure varies logarithmically as a function of radial distance
          from the well. This same type of dependence also occurs in
          transient problems, as will be seen in Chapter 2.
        • The pressure drawdown at the well is found by setting R = Rw in
          Eq. (1.4.3):                                                       
                                          μQ         Rw
                             Pw = Po −          ln        .             (1.4.4)
                                         2πkH        Ro
        • Since we are usually interested in situations in which the fluid
          is flowing towards the well (i.e. “production”), it is common to
          redefine Q to be positive for production, in which case we write
          Eq. (1.4.4) as                                                     
                                         μQ        Rw
                           Pw = Po +          ln        .          (1.4.5)
                                       2πkH        Ro
        1.5. Conservation of Mass Equation
        Darcy’s law in itself does not contain sufficient information to
        allow us to solve transient (i.e. time-dependent) problems involving
        subsurface flow. In order to develop a complete governing equation
        that applies to transient problems, we must first derive a mathemat-
        ical expression of the principle of conservation of mass.
            Consider flow through a 1D tube of cross-sectional area A; in
        particular, let us focus on the region between two locations x and
        x + Δx, as in Figure 1.4. The main idea behind the application of
        the principle of conservation of mass is
                  Flux in − Flux out = Increase in amount stored.                  (1.5.1)
        Figure 1.4. Prismatic region used to derive the equation for conservation of mass.
March 1, 2018   14:33         Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in       b3114-ch01             page 11
                           Pressure Diffusion Equation for Fluid Flow in Porous Rocks        11
        Note that the property that is conserved is the mass of the fluid, not
        the volume of the fluid.
            Consider the period of time between time t and time t + Δt. To
        be concrete, assume that the fluid is flowing from left to right through
        the core. During this time increment, the mass flux into this region
        of rock between will be
                                Mass flux in = A(x)ρ(x)q(x)Δt.                           (1.5.2)
        The mass flux out of this region of rock will be
                Mass flux out = A(x + Δx)ρ(x + Δx)q(x + Δx)Δt.                           (1.5.3)
        The amount of fluid mass stored in the region is denoted by m, so
        the conservation of mass equation takes the form
                        [A(x)ρ(x)q(x) − A(x + Δx)ρ(x + Δx)q(x + Δx)]Δt
                            = m(t + Δt) − m(t).                                         (1.5.4)
        For 1D flow, such as through a cylindrical core, A(x) = A = constant.
        In this case, we can factor out A, divide both sides by Δt, and let
        Δt → 0
                                                   m(t + Δt) − m(t)   ∂m
        −A[ρq(x + Δx) − ρq(x)] = lim                                =    ,              (1.5.5)
                                              Δt→0       Δt           ∂t
        where we temporarily treat the product ρq as a single entity.
             But m = ρVp , where Vp is the pore volume of the rock
        contained in the slab between x and x + Δx. The pore volume is, by
        definition, equal to the macroscopic volume multiplied by the poro-
        sity, φ. So
                                    m = ρVp = ρφV = ρφAΔx,                              (1.5.6)
                                                                       ∂(ρφ)
                           ⇒ −A[ρq(x + Δx) − ρq(x)] =                        AΔx.       (1.5.7)
                                                                        ∂t
March 1, 2018   14:33        Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in   b3114-ch01             page 12
        12      Fluid Flow in Porous Media
        Now divide both sides by AΔx, and let Δx → 0
                                              ∂(ρq)   ∂(ρφ)
                                          −         =       .                      (1.5.8)
                                               ∂x      ∂t
        Equation (1.5.8) is the basic equation of conservation of mass for
        1D linear flow in a porous medium, which relates the spatial rate of
        change of stored mass to the temporal rate of change of stored mass.
        It is exact, and applies to gases, liquids, high or low flow rates, etc.
             In its most general, 3D form, the equation of conservation of mass
        can be written as
                             ∂(ρq) ∂(ρq) ∂(ρq)    ∂(ρφ)
                                  +     +      =−       .                          (1.5.9)
                              ∂x    ∂y    ∂z       ∂t
        The mathematical operation on the left-hand side of Eq. (1.5.9) is
        known as the divergence of ρq, which represents the rate at which
        fluid diverges from a given region, per unit volume.
        1.6. Diffusion Equation in Cartesian Coordinates
        True steady-state flow rarely occurs in an oil or gas reservoir. The
        typical flow scenario is a transient one, in which the pressure, density,
        flow rate, etc., all vary in space and time. Transient flow of a fluid
        through a porous medium is governed by a type of partial differential
        equation known as a diffusion equation. Although mathematically
        analogous to the diffusion-type equations that govern the flow of
        heat through a solid body, or the diffusion of solute particles through
        a liquid, for example, it may be worth noting that, unlike those
        processes, pressure diffusion in a reservoir is not driven by any
        underlying stochastic or random process at the molecular scale, but
        is simply driven by Darcy’s law.
             In order to derive the pressure diffusion equation, we combine
        Darcy’s law, the conservation of mass equation, and an equation that
        relates the pore fluid pressure to the amount of fluid that is stored
        inside the porous rock. (Strangely enough, this last aspect of flow
        through porous media only came to be understood many decades
        after Darcy’s law was discovered!)
March 1, 2018   14:33         Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in   b3114-ch01             page 13
                           Pressure Diffusion Equation for Fluid Flow in Porous Rocks    13
            Let us look more closely at the right-hand side of Eq. (1.5.8), and
        use the product rule, and chain rule, of differentiation
                             ∂(ρφ)    ∂φ    ∂ρ
                                   =ρ    +φ
                              ∂t      ∂t    ∂t
                                         dφ ∂P      dρ ∂P
                                      =ρ         +φ
                                         dP ∂t      dP ∂t
                                                         
                                              1 dφ      1 dρ    ∂P
                                      = ρφ           +
                                              φ dP      ρ dP    ∂t
                                                           ∂P
                                      = ρφ(cφ + cf )          ,                     (1.6.1)
                                                           ∂t
        where cf is the compressibility of the fluid, and cφ is the “pore
        compressibility” of the rock formation, also sometimes called the
        “formation compressibility” (Matthews and Russell, 1967).
             Note that the above derivation, which is traditional in petroleum
        engineering, implicitly assumes that the porosity may change, but the
        reservoir itself is macroscopically rigid. This is of course physically
        inconsistent. However, a more rigorous derivation would require
        consideration of rock deformation, and lies outside the scope of these
        notes. Such a derivation can be found in de Marsily (1986). Fur-
        thermore, since reservoirs compact vertically when fluid is extracted
        from them, it must be noted that the pore compressibility term
        must be calculated under conditions of uniaxial (i.e. vertical) strain
        (Zimmerman, 2017b).
             Now look at the left-hand side of Eq. (1.5.8). The volumetric
        flow per unit area, q, is given by Darcy’s law, Eq. (1.1.5), and so the
        left-hand side of Eq. (1.5.8) becomes
                                                                
                          ∂(ρq)     ∂ −ρk ∂P       k ∂2P     ∂ρ ∂P
                        −       =−               =     ρ 2 +
                           ∂x       ∂x    μ ∂x     μ     ∂x  ∂x ∂x
                                     2                
                                  k ∂ P      dρ ∂P ∂P
                                =    ρ 2 +
                                  μ    ∂x   dP ∂x ∂x
March 1, 2018   14:33        Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in             b3114-ch01             page 14
        14      Fluid Flow in Porous Media
                                                                                       ρk ∂ 2 P      1 dρ    ∂P 2
                              =          +
                                μ ∂x2         ρ dP    ∂x                                                   
                                ρk ∂ 2 P         ∂P 2
                              =          + cf           .                                    (1.6.2)
                                μ ∂x2            ∂x
        Now equate Eqs. (1.6.1) and (1.6.2) to arrive at
                                                   2
                            ∂2P                ∂P            φμ(cf + cφ ) ∂P
                                + cf                     =                   .               (1.6.3)
                            ∂x2                ∂x                 k       ∂t
            For liquids, the second term on the left is negligible compared to
        the first. To justify this assertion, we can use Eq. (1.4.5), and ignore
        the difference between x and R, to find
                                              2                     2
                                          ∂P                     μQ
                                 cf                 ≈ cf                    ,                (1.6.4)
                                          ∂x                   2πkHR
                                     ∂2P       μQ
                                           ≈         ,                                       (1.6.5)
                                      ∂x2
                                             2πkHR 2
                                         cf μQ   cf (Po − Pw )
                              ⇒ Ratio =        =               .                             (1.6.6)
                                         2πkH     ln(Ro /Rw )
        Typical values of these parameters, for liquids, are
                                            cf ≈ 10−10 /Pa,
                                  Po − Pw ≈ 10 MPa=107 Pa,
                        ln(Ro /Rw ) ≈ ln(1000 m/0.1 m) = ln(104 ) ≈ 10,
                                               10−10 × 107
                            ⇒ Ratio =                      = 10−4  1.                       (1.6.7)
                                                   10
        This example shows that, for liquids, the nonlinear term in Eq. (1.6.3)
        is small, and so is always neglected, in practice. For gases, however,
        this term cannot be neglected (see Chapter 9).
March 1, 2018   14:33          Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in    b3114-ch01               page 15
                           Pressure Diffusion Equation for Fluid Flow in Porous Rocks         15
                        Table 1.2. Typical values of the compressibility of various
                        rock types and reservoir fluids.
                        Rock (or fluid) type              c (1/Pa)        c (1/psi)
                        Sand                           10−6 –10−8        10−2 –10−4
                        Sandstones                     10−7 –10−9        10−3 –10−5
                        Carbonates                     10−9 –10−11       10−9 –10−11
                        Shales                        10−10 –10−12      10−10 –10−12
                        Water                          5 × 10−10         3.5 × 10−6
                        Oil                             1 × 10−9         7.0 × 10−6
            The 1D, linearised form of the pressure diffusion equation is
        therefore
                                             ∂P    k ∂2P
                                                =          ,                            (1.6.8)
                                             ∂t   φμct ∂x2
        in which the total compressibility is given by
                                  ct = cformation + cfluid = cφ + cf .                   (1.6.9)
        The product of the compressibility and the porosity, φct , is called
        the storativity. Typical ranges of the values of these compressibilities
        are shown in Table 1.2.
             For some rocks, the pore compressibility is negligible compared
        to the fluid compressibility, and the storativity is mainly due to
        the fluid compressibility. For soils and unconsolidated sands, the
        opposite is often the case. In general, both contributions to the total
        compressibility must be taken into account.
             Much of the remainder of these notes will be devoted to solving
        the diffusion equation in various situations. For now, we make the
        following general remarks about it:
        • The parameter that governs the rate at which fluid pressure
          diffuses through a porous rock mass is the hydraulic diffusivity
          (m2 /s), which is defined by
                                                             k
                                                  DH =           .                     (1.6.10)
                                                            φμct
March 1, 2018   14:33        Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in            b3114-ch01              page 16
        16      Fluid Flow in Porous Media
        • Roughly speaking (this will be proven in Section 2.5), the distance
          R over which a pressure disturbance travels during an elapsed time
          t is                                                               
                                               	                      4kt
                                       R=          4DH t =                 .                (1.6.11)
                                                                      φμct
          As an example, in a reservoir having φ = 0.2, k = 100 mD, ct =
          10−9 /Pa, and μ = 1 cP, the radius of penetration will be about
          85 m after fluid has been flowing to or from a well for one hour.
        • Conversely, the time required for a pressure disturbance to travel
          a distance R from the well into the reservoir is found by inverting
          Eq. (1.6.11)
                                                      φμct R2
                                                t=            .                             (1.6.12)
                                                        4k
        • Pressure pulses obey a diffusion equation, not a wave equation,
          such as governs the propagation of seismic waves, for example.
          Rather than travelling at a constant speed, the pressure pulse
          propagates at a speed that continually decreases with time.
          To prove this, differentiate Eq. (1.6.11) with respect to time,
          and observe
                 √     that the “velocity” of the pulse, dR/dt, decays
          like 1/ t.
        1.7. Diffusion Equation in Cylindrical Coordinates
        In petroleum engineering, we are usually interested in fluid flowing
        towards a well, in which case it is more convenient to use cylindrical
        (radial) coordinates, rather than Cartesian coordinates.
            To derive the proper form of the diffusion equation in radial
        coordinates, consider fluid flowing towards, or away from, a vertical
        well in a homogeneous reservoir of uniform thickness H, in a radially
        symmetric manner. We now perform a mass balance on a thin
        annular region between R and R + ΔR (Figure 1.5). Returning to
        Eq. (1.5.4), we replace x with R, and note that for the annular
March 1, 2018   14:33         Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in   b3114-ch01             page 17
                          Pressure Diffusion Equation for Fluid Flow in Porous Rocks     17
        Figure 1.5. Annular region used to derive the pressure diffusion equation in radial
        coordinates.
        geometry, A(R) = 2πRH, thus obtaining
                [2πRH ρ(R)q(R) − 2π(R + ΔR)Hρ(R + ΔR)q(R + ΔR)]Δt
                        = m(t + Δt) − m(t).                                         (1.7.1)
        As before, divide by Δt, and let Δt → 0:
                                                                              ∂m
          2πH[Rρ(R)q(R) − (R + ΔR)ρ(R + ΔR)q(R + ΔR)] =                          . (1.7.2)
                                                                              ∂t
        On the right-hand side,
                                     m = ρφV = ρφ2πHRΔR,                            (1.7.3)
                             ∂m   ∂(ρφ2πHRΔR)        ∂(ρφ)
                         ⇒      =             = 2πHR       ΔR.                      (1.7.4)
                             ∂t         ∂t            ∂t
        Equate Eqs. (1.7.2) and (1.7.4), divide by ΔR, and let ΔR → 0:
                                            ∂(ρqR)    ∂(ρφ)
                                        −          =R       .                       (1.7.5)
                                              ∂R       ∂t
        Equation (1.7.5) is the radial-flow version of the conservation of mass
        equation, which in the linear case was given by Eq. (1.5.8).
             Now use Darcy’s law in the form of Eq. (1.4.1) for q on the
        left-hand side, and insert Eq. (1.6.1) on the right-hand side:
                                            
                              k ∂         ∂P                   ∂P
                                       ρR      = ρφ(cf + cφ )R    .                 (1.7.6)
                              μ ∂R        ∂R                   ∂t
March 1, 2018   14:33        Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in                b3114-ch01             page 18
        18      Fluid Flow in Porous Media
        Following the same procedure as that which led to Eq. (1.6.3),
        we find                                         
                   1 ∂       ∂P          ∂P 2 φμ(cf + cφ ) ∂P
                           R      + cf        =               .                                 (1.7.7)
                   R ∂R      ∂R          ∂R        k       ∂t
        For liquids, we again neglect the term cf (∂P/∂R)2 , to arrive at
                                                                                                             ∂P    k 1 ∂                        ∂P
                                      =                           R            .                (1.7.8)
                                   ∂t   φμct R ∂R                     ∂R
            Equation (1.7.8) is the governing equation for transient, radial
        flow of a liquid through porous rock. It is the governing equation for
        flow during primary production, and is the starting point for well
        test analysis methods. We will develop and analyse solutions to this
        equation in later parts of these notes.
        1.8. Governing Equations for Multi-phase Flow
        In all of the derivations given thus far, we have assumed that the
        pores of the rock are filled with a single-component, single-phase
        fluid. Oil reservoirs are typically filled with at least two components,
        oil and water, and often also contain some hydrocarbons in the
        gaseous phase. We will now present the governing flow equations
        for an oil-water system, in a fairly general form.
            Darcy’s law can be generalised for two-phase flow by including a
        relative permeability factor for each phase:
                                                  −kkrw ∂Pw
                                          qw =              ,                                   (1.8.1)
                                                   μw ∂x
                                                  −kkro ∂Po
                                          qo =              ,                                   (1.8.2)
                                                   μo ∂x
        where the subscripts o and w denote oil and water, respectively.
        The two relative permeability functions krw and kro are assumed to
        be known functions of the phase saturations. These functions are
        discussed in detail in the Rock Properties module of this course.
March 1, 2018   14:33      Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in   b3114-ch01             page 19
                        Pressure Diffusion Equation for Fluid Flow in Porous Rocks    19
            For an oil–water system, the two saturations are necessarily
        related to each other by
                                            Sw + So = 1.                         (1.8.3)
            In general, the pressures in the two phases at each “point” in the
        reservoir will be different. If the reservoir is oil-wet, the two pressures
        will be related by
                                      Po − Pw = Pcap (So ),                      (1.8.4)
        where the capillary pressure Pcap is given by some rock-dependent
        function of the oil saturation. Again, please see the Rock Properties
        module of this MSc course (Zimmerman, 2017a) for further discussion
        of the capillary pressure.
            As the volume of, say, oil, in a given region is equal to the total
        pore volume multiplied by the oil saturation, the conservation of mass
        equations for the two phases can be taken directly from Eq. (1.5.8),
        by inserting a saturation factor in the storage term:
                                ∂(ρo qo )   ∂(φρo So )
                                    −     =            ,           (1.8.5)
                                  ∂x           ∂t
                               ∂(ρw qw )    ∂(φρw Sw )
                             −            =              .         (1.8.6)
                                  ∂x           ∂t
           The densities of the two phases are related to their respective
        phase pressures by an equation of state:
                                            ρo = ρo (Po ),                       (1.8.7)
                                           ρw = ρw (Pw ),                        (1.8.8)
        where the right-hand sides of Eqs. (1.8.7) and (1.8.8) are known func-
        tions of the pressure, and, for our present purposes, the temperature
        is assumed constant.
            Finally, the porosity must be some function of the two pressures,
        Po and Pw . Although the manner in which these two pressures
        independently affect the porosity is an important and active area
        of research for soils, which are highly compressible, in oil and gas
        reservoirs the capillary pressure is always much less than Po or Pw ,
        and so we can say that Po ≈ Pw , in which case we can use the
March 1, 2018   14:33        Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in   b3114-ch01              page 20
        20      Fluid Flow in Porous Media
        pressure–porosity relationship that would be obtained in a laboratory
        test performed under single-phase conditions, i.e.
                                               φ = φ(Po ).                          (1.8.9)
            Equations (1.8.1)–(1.8.9) give us nine equations for the nine
        unknowns (count them!). In many situations, the equations are
        simplified to allow solutions to be obtained. For example, in the
        Buckley–Leverett problem of immiscible displacement (discussed in
        Volume 2 of this series, Blunt, 2017), the densities are assumed to be
        constant, and the capillary pressure is assumed to be zero.
            If the fluid is slightly compressible, or if the pressure variations
        are small, the equations of state for oil is written as
                                 ρ(Po ) = ρoi [1 + co (Po − Poi )],                (1.8.10)
        and similarly for water, where the subscript i denotes the initial state,
        and the compressibility co is taken to be a constant.
        Problems for Chapter 1
        Problem 1.1. A well located in a 100 ft. thick reservoir having a
        permeability of 100 mD produces 100 bbl/day of oil from a 10 in.
        diameter wellbore. The viscosity of the oil is 0.4 cP. The pressure
        at a distance of 1000 ft. from the wellbore is 3000 psi. What is the
        pressure at the wellbore? Conversion factors are as follows:
                                1   barrel = 0.1589 m3 ,
                                1   Poise = 0.1 N-s/m2 ,
                                1   foot = 0.3048 m,
                                1   psi = 6895 N/m2 = 6895 Pa.
        Problem 1.2. Carry out a derivation of the diffusion equation for
        spherically-symmetric flow, in analogy to the derivation given in
        Section 1.7 for radial flow. (This equation can be used to model
March 1, 2018   14:33      Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in   b3114-ch01           page 21
                        Pressure Diffusion Equation for Fluid Flow in Porous Rocks   21
        flow to a well in situations when only a small length of the well has
        been perforated, in which case the large-scale flow field will, at early
        times, be roughly spherical.) The result of your derivation should be
        an equation similar to Eq. (1.7.8), but with a slightly different term
        on the right-hand side.
                  b2530   International Strategic Relations and China’s National Security: World at the Crossroads
                                      This page intentionally left blank
b2530_FM.indd 6                                                                                                      01-Sep-16 11:03:06 AM
March 1, 2018   14:33   Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in   b3114-ch02       page 23
                                       Chapter 2
                Line Source Solution for a Vertical Well
                        in an Infinite Reservoir
        One of the most basic and important problems in petroleum reservoir
        engineering, and the cornerstone of well test analysis, is to calculate
        the pressures in the reservoir, and at the well, when fluid is flowing
        into a vertical well at a constant rate, from an homogeneous, laterally
        infinite reservoir. To simplify the problem mathematically, the well is
        assumed to have an infinitely small radius, i.e. the well is essentially
        represented by a vertical line. The mathematical solution to this
        important problem will be derived in this chapter.
            If fluid were injected into the reservoir from the well, this “line”
        would serve as a source of fluid for the reservoir; hence, the solution
        to this problem is referred to the “line source solution”. Although
        the resulting solution for the pressure is more frequently used, by an
        appropriate change of signs, for the case when fluid is produced from
        the reservoir, in which case the well actually serves as a sink as far
        as the reservoir is concerned, rather than a source of fluid, the term
        “line source” solution is typically used in both cases.
        2.1. Derivation of the Line Source Solution
        The problem of the flow of a single-phase, slightly compressible fluid
        to a vertical well in a laterally infinite, homogeneous reservoir can be
                                                 23
March 1, 2018   14:33        Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in   b3114-ch02   page 24
        24      Fluid Flow in Porous Media
        formulated precisely, as follows:
            Geometry: A vertical well that fully penetrates a reservoir which
        is of uniform thickness, H, and which extends infinitely far in all
        horizontal directions.
            Reservoir Properties: The reservoir is assumed to be isotropic
        and homogeneous with uniform properties (i.e. permeability, porosity,
        etc.) that do not vary with pressure.
            Initial and Boundary Conditions: The reservoir is initially at
        a uniform pressure. Starting at t = 0, fluid is produced from the
        wellbore at a constant rate, Q.
            Wellbore Diameter: The diameter of the wellbore is assumed to be
        infinitely small; this leads to a much simpler problem than the more
        realistic finite-diameter case, but with little loss of applicability, as
        we will see below.
            Problem: To determine the pressure at all points in the reservoir,
        including at the wellbore, as a function of the elapsed time since the
        start of production.
            The governing differential equation for this problem is the
        pressure diffusion equation in radial coordinates, Eq. (1.7.8):                                                      
                              φμct ∂P     1 ∂      ∂P
                                       =         R       .              (2.1.1)
                                k ∂t      R ∂R     ∂R
        The assumptions that are inherent in this equation are:
        (1) The reservoir is homogeneous and isotropic, i.e. k, φ, etc., do not
            vary with position in the reservoir, and so these parameters can
            be assumed to be constant.
        (2) The thickness of the reservoir is uniform; this implies that the
            flow to the well will be horizontal, with no vertical component.
        (3) The well, and the casing perforations, fully penetrate the entire
            thickness of the reservoir; if not, there would be a vertical flow
            component.
        (4) The fluid is only slightly compressible; this is implicit in treating
            the compressibility term ct = cf + cφ as a constant.
            If the reservoir is anisotropic, the equations can be put into the
        form of Eq. (2.1.1) by a change of variables that stretches the x and
        y coordinates (see de Marsily (1986), pp. 178–179).
March 1, 2018   14:33           Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in       b3114-ch02             page 25
                        Line Source Solution for a Vertical Well in an Infinite Reservoir     25
             Inhomogeneity (i.e. spatial variation in k or φ) causes great
        mathematical complications, and methods to treat inhomogeneous
        reservoirs are still being developed. Variation of the thickness of the
        reservoir is somewhat equivalent to having a spatial variation in k.
             If the well is not perforated over the entire depth of the reservoir,
        then there would be a vertical flow component. To account for this
        situation, we would need to add the term ∂ 2 P/∂z 2 to the right-hand
        side of Eq. (2.1.1). The solution to this much more difficult problem
        is discussed by de Marsily (1986, pp. 179–190).
             The case of a highly compressible fluid, such as a gas, whose
        compressibility varies with pressure, will be discussed in detail in
        Chapter 9.
             To solve the line source problem, or to solve any partial differ-
        ential equation, we not only need a governing equation, but we also
        need initial conditions and boundary conditions. In the present case,
        these subsidiary conditions are as follows:
             Initial Condition: At the start of production, the pressure in the
        reservoir is assumed to be at some uniform value, Pi .
             Boundary Condition at Infinity: Infinitely far from the well, the
        pressure will always remain at its initial value, Pi .
             Boundary Condition at the Wellbore: At the wellbore, which is
        assumed to be infinitely small, the flow rate must be equal to Q at
        all times t > 0, defined here so that Q > 0 for the case of production
        of fluid from the reservoir.
             We can therefore formulate the problem in precise mathematical
        terms as follows, where for notational simplicity we replace ct with c:                                                       
                                           1 ∂       ∂P      φμc ∂P
                     Governing PDE:                R       =          ,    (2.1.2)
                                          R ∂R       ∂R        k ∂t
                          Initial condition:         P (R, t = 0) = Pi ,                  (2.1.3)                                                                        
                                                            2πkH ∂P
                          BC at wellbore:            lim          R        = Q,           (2.1.4)
                                                     R→0      μ     ∂R
                           BC at infinity:              lim P (R, t) = Pi .                (2.1.5)
                                                     R→∞
           Strictly speaking, we cannot impose the boundary condition at
        R = 0, since at R = 0 the term R inside the parenthesis in Eq. (2.1.4)
March 1, 2018   14:33        Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in   b3114-ch02              page 26
        26      Fluid Flow in Porous Media
        goes to zero, and the term ∂P/∂R actually goes to infinity. Hence,
        we need to first multiply these two terms together, and then take the
        “limit” as R → 0.
            There are many ways to solve this equation, but we will solve
        it using a method that does not require advanced techniques such
        as Laplace transforms, Green’s functions, etc. First, we define a
        new variable η that combines, in a clever way, the spatial variable
        R and the time variable t. This “trick” for simplifying a diffusion
        equation was discovered by the German physicist Ludwig Boltzmann
        in 1894, and this transformation is now referred to as the Boltzmann
        transformation:
                                        φμcR2
                                               .
                                              η=                     (2.1.6)
                                          kt
        We now assume that P will be a function of this single variable, η.
            Next, we rewrite Eq. (2.1.2) in terms of η. The left-hand side
        transforms as follows:
                ∂P   dP ∂η   2φμcR dP   φμcR2 2 dP   2η dP
                   =       =          =            =       .                        (2.1.7)
                ∂R   dη ∂R     kt dη      kt R dη    R dη
        Note that since P is a function of the single variable η, the
        derivative dP/dη is an ordinary derivative, not a partial derivative.
        We therefore see from Eq. (2.1.7) that differentiation with respect
        to R is equivalent to differentiation with respect to η, followed by
        multiplication by 2η/R. Hence,
                                                           
            1 ∂       ∂P      1 2η d      dP      4η d       dP
                    R      =           2η       = 2        η      .   (2.1.8)
            R ∂R      ∂R      R R dη       dη     R dη       dη
        The right-hand side of Eq. (2.1.2) transforms as follows:
                      ∂P   dP ∂η     φμcR2 dP      −η                 dP
                         =        =−     2
                                                =                        ,
                      ∂t   dη ∂t      kt     dη     t                 dη
               φμc ∂P   −φμc η dP          2
                                    −φμcR η dP                        −η 2 dP
             →        =           =                 =                         .     (2.1.9)
                k ∂t     k t dη       kt     R2 dη                     R2 dη
        Using Eqs. (2.1.8) and (2.1.9) in Eq. (2.1.2) yields
                                        
                                d     dP        η dP
                                    η      =−         .                            (2.1.10)
                               dη     dη        4 dη
March 1, 2018   14:33           Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in   b3114-ch02              page 27
                        Line Source Solution for a Vertical Well in an Infinite Reservoir   27
        Since it contains only one independent variable, η, rather than the
        two independent variables R and t, Eq. (2.1.10) is an ordinary
        differential equation (ODE) for P as a function of η.
            We must now also transform the boundary/initial conditions, so
        that they apply to the function P (η). First, note that both limits,
        R → ∞ and t → 0, correspond to the same limit, η → ∞. Hence,
        conditions (2.1.3) and (2.1.5) take the form
                                                lim P (η) = Pi .                      (2.1.11)
                                               η→∞
        Using Eq. (2.1.7) in Eq. (2.1.4) leads to a second BC:
                                                                                         4πkH dP
                                 lim          η      =Q
                                η→0       μ     dη                                           
                                        dP         μQ
                             → lim η           =       .                              (2.1.12)
                                η→0     dη       4πkH
        The problem is now a two-point ODE boundary-value problem,
        defined by Eqs. (2.1.10–2.1.12).
            To solve this problem, we first note that although Eq. (2.1.10)
        appears to be a second-order differential equation for P (η), it is
        actually a first-order equation for the function η (dP/dη). If we
        temporarily denote η (dP/dη) by the new variable y, we can write
        Eq. (2.1.10) as
                                                   dy   y
                                                      =− ,                            (2.1.13)
                                                   dη   4
        where
                                                            dP
                                                   y=η         .
                                                            dη
        Now separate the variables, and integrate from η = 0 out to an
        arbitrary value of η:
                                           dy      dη
                                               =−
                                            y        4
                                            y(η)         η
                                                  dy         dη
                                         →            =−
                                            y(0)  y       0 4
March 1, 2018   14:33        Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in   b3114-ch02              page 28
        28      Fluid Flow in Porous Media
                                                                                          y(η)      η
                                      → ln        =−
                                           y(0)      4
                                      → y(η) = y(0)e−η/4 .                         (2.1.14)
        Now note that the boundary condition (2.1.12) is equivalent to
                                                         μQ
                                             y(0) =          ,                     (2.1.15)
                                                        4πkH
        which implies that Eq. (2.1.14) can be written as
                                                     μQ −η/4
                                         y(η) =          e   .                     (2.1.16)
                                                    4πkH
        Now recall that y = η(dP/dη), and rewrite Eq. (2.1.16) as
                                       dP (η)    μQ e−η/4
                                              =           .                        (2.1.17)
                                        dη      4πkH η
        Equation (2.1.17) can now be directly integrated to find P (η), which
        will give us the pressure in the reservoir as a function of η, and
        therefore as a function of R and t. We cannot start the integral at
        η = 0, because we do not know the pressure at the wellbore. We do,
        however, know from Eq. (2.1.11) that the pressure at η = ∞ must
        be equal to the initial reservoir pressure, Pi . Therefore, we start the
        integral at η = ∞:
                             P (η)        η
                                               μQ e−η/4
                                    dP =                    dη
                              Pi           ∞ 4πkH       η
                                                  ∞ −η/4
                                            μQ         e
                         → P (η) = Pi −                      dη.        (2.1.18)
                                          4πkH η          η
        Now recall that η = φμcR2 /kt. We replace η with φμcR2 /kt on the
        left-hand side of Eq. (2.1.18), and also at the lower limit of integration
        on the right, but not inside the integral because inside the integral
        η is merely a dummy integration variable:
                                              ∞
                      φμcR2               μQ           e−η/4
                 P              = Pi −                       dη.           (2.1.19)
                        kt              4πkH φμcR2 η
                                                               kt
March 1, 2018   14:33           Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in           b3114-ch02              page 29
                        Line Source Solution for a Vertical Well in an Infinite Reservoir           29
        Simplify the integrand by defining u = η/4, in which case dη/η =
        du/u, and the lower limit of integration becomes u = φμcR2 /4kt:
                                            ∞
                     φμcR2              μQ          e−u
                 P            = Pi −                    du.       (2.1.20)
                       4kt             4πkH φμcR2 u
                                                                       4kt
        The integral in Eq. (2.1.20) is the “exponential integral function”,
        which is defined as (see Pressure Buildup and Flow Tests in Wells,
        Matthews and Russell (1967), p. 131)
                                           ∞ −u
                                               e
                             −Ei(−x) =             du.              (2.1.21)
                                            x    u
        Unfortunately, this function was defined by mathematicians long
        before it was first used to solve the problem of a well in an infinite
        reservoir, and so it contains two extraneous minus signs that are
        awkward, but are now traditional.
            Equations (2.1.20) and (2.1.21) give us the pressure as a function
        of distance from the well and the elapsed time since the start of
        production. This solution was first presented by the American hydrol-
        ogist Charles Theis (1935), albeit using a different mathematical
        approach, and so the line source solution is also frequently referred
        to as the Theis solution.
            We can summarise the solution to this problem as follows:
                                                            μQ
                                    P (R, t) = Pi +              Ei(−x),                      (2.1.22)
                                                           4π kH
        where
                                                                  ∞
                                                                       e−u
                                        −Ei(−x) =                          du,                (2.1.23)
                                                               x        u
        and
                                              x = φμcR2 /4kt.                                 (2.1.24)
            Numerical values for the pressure at some location in the reservoir
        are found as follows. Assume that we want to know the pressure at a
        certain distance R from the centre of the well, at some time t. We use
        these values of R and t to compute x from Eq. (2.1.24). We then look
        up the value of −Ei(−x) from a table or graph of the exponential
March 1, 2018   14:33        Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in   b3114-ch02             page 30
        30      Fluid Flow in Porous Media
        integral function (see below). The pressure at (R, t) is then given by
        Eq. (2.1.22).
            The more common situation is that the pressure is measured
        at some distance from the well, or at the well itself, as a function
        of time, and the pressure data are used to infer the values for the
        reservoir parameters, by fitting the data to the analytical solution.
        This procedure will be demonstrated later, after we first analyse the
        line source solution in more detail.
        Note: To find the pressure at the wellbore, we merely plug R = Rw
        into Eqs. (2.1.22–2.1.24)! This is because R = Rw corresponds to the
        point in the reservoir located just at wellbore wall, where the pressure
        must be the same as the pressure of the fluid in the wellbore.
            Numerical values of the Ei function are shown in Table 2.1, taken
        from Quantitative Hydrogeology by de Marsily (1986).
            For example, if x = 5 × 10−7 , then −Ei(−x) = 13.93.
        2.2. Dimensionless Pressure and Time
        Although the pressure seems to depend on many variables and
        parameters, there are actually only two independent, dimensionless
        mathematical variables in the line source solution. This can be proven
        from the pi-theorem of dimensional analysis, or can be seen directly
        from Eqs. (2.1.22–2.1.24).
            Traditionally, these variables are defined as the dimensionless
        time
                                                        kt
                                             tD =           ,                      (2.2.1)
                                                      φμcR2
        and the dimensionless pressure drawdown,
                                                  2πkH(Pi − P )
                                      ΔPD =                     .                  (2.2.2)
                                                      μQ
        In terms of these dimensionless parameters, the line source solution
        takes the form (see Figure 2.1)
                                            1
                                     ΔPD = − Ei(−1/4tD ).                          (2.2.3)
                                            2
                                                                                                                                                                             March 1, 2018
                                                                                                                                                                             14:33
                                                                                                         Line Source Solution for a Vertical Well in an Infinite Reservoir
                           Table 2.1. Exponential integral function, −Ei(−x).
   x       1        2           3          4           5           6            7      8         9
                                                                                                                                                                             Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in
×1        0.219    0.049       0.013     0.0038      0.0011      3.6e–4     1.2e–4    3.8e–5    1.2e–5
×10−1     1.82     1.22        0.91      0.70        0.56        0.45       0.37      0.31      0.26
×10−2     4.04     3.35        2.96      2.68        2.47        2.30       2.15      2.03      1.92
×10−3     6.33     5.64        5.23      4.95        4.73        4.54       4.39      4.26      4.14
×10−4     8.63     7.94        7.53      7.25        7.02        6.84       6.69      6.55      6.44
×10−5    10.94    10.24        9.84      9.55        9.33        9.14       8.99      8.86      8.74
×10−6    13.24    12.55       12.14     11.85       11.63       11.45      11.29     11.16     11.04
×10−7    15.54    14.85       14.44     14.15       13.93       13.75      13.60     13.46     13.34
×10−8    17.84    17.15       16.74     16.46       16.23       16.05      15.90     15.76     15.65
×10−9    20.15    19.45       19.05     18.76       18.54       18.35      18.20     18.07     17.95
×10−10   22.45    21.76       21.35     21.06       20.84       20.66      20.50     20.37     20.25
×10−11   24.75    24.06       23.65     23.36       23.14       22.96      22.81     22.67     22.55
×10−12   27.05    26.36       25.96     25.67       25.44       25.26      25.11     24.97     24.86
×10−13   29.36    28.66       28.26     27.97       27.75       27.56      27.41     27.28     27.16
                                                                                                                                                                             b3114-ch02
×10−14   31.66    30.97       30.56     30.27       30.05       29.87      29.71     29.58     29.46
×10−15   33.96    33.27       32.86     32.58       32.35       32.17      32.02     31.88     31.76
                                                                                                                  31
                                                                                                                                                                             page 31
March 1, 2018   14:33                                     Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in         b3114-ch02   page 32
        32      Fluid Flow in Porous Media
                        Dimensionless Drawdown, ΔPD                               ΔPD = 2πkH(Pi-P)/μQ
                                                      1                              tD = kt/φμ cR2
                                                      4
                                                          0         200        400        600      800       1000
                                                                          Dimensionless Time, tD
        Figure 2.1. Line source solution plotted in terms of dimensionless time and
        dimensionless drawdown.
            Recall that the line source solution allows us to calculate the
        pressure at any radius R. Hence, by the above definitions, the dimen-
        sionless time is different at each location R in the reservoir. Most
        often, however, we are interested in the pressure at the well, in which
        case R = Rw , and the dimensionless time at the well is given by
        tDw = kt/φμcRw  2.
            The usefulness of dimensionless variables is that they allow the
        pressure drawdown to be plotted and discussed in a form that
        is applicable to all reservoirs, without being restricted to specific
        values of the permeability, porosity, etc. These latter parameters are
        accounted for by the definitions of the dimensionless variables.
        Note: It follows from Eq. (1.6.12) that, aside from a factor of 4, the
        dimensionless time at a distance R from the centre of the borehole
        is equal to the actual physical time t, normalised against the time
        required for the peak of the pressure pulse to travel from the borehole
        out to radial location R. Hence, values of 4tD  1 correspond to
        times at which the pressure pulse has not yet arrived at location R,
        whereas times such that 4tD  1 correspond to times at which the
        pressure pulse has penetrated much farther than a distance R into
        the reservoir.
March 1, 2018   14:33           Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in   b3114-ch02              page 33
                        Line Source Solution for a Vertical Well in an Infinite Reservoir   33
        2.3. Range of Applicability of the Line Source
             Solution
        The line source solution assumes that the wellbore radius is “zero”,
        when in reality it is of course non-zero. Does this cause a problem
        in practice? Fortunately, the answer is: no, not really! We can use
        the line source solution as soon as the “radius of penetration” of the
        pressure pulse, as predicted by the line source solution, is greater
        than Rw , the actual wellbore radius. This seems reasonable and
        can be proven rigorously by examining the solution to the diffusion
        equation with finite wellbore radius (which will be presented in
        Chapter 6).
            According to Eq. (1.6.12), the time required for the pressure pulse
        to travel at least a distance Rw , starting from the hypothetically
        “infinitely-small” borehole at R = 0, is
                                                        φμcRw2
                                                 t>            .                      (2.3.1)
                                                          4k
        If we use “typical” values for the parameters, such as φ = 0.2
        (a typical reservoir value), μ = 0.001 Pa s (order of magnitude for
        liquid hydrocarbons), c = 10−10 Pa−1 (reasonable value for liquid
        hydrocarbons), Rw = 0.1 m (order of magnitude of typical borehole),
        k = 10−14 m2 (10 mD; somewhat low, but possible), then Eq. (2.3.1)
        predicts that the line source approximation will become valid after
        an elapsed time of only 0.005 s!
            In terms of the dimensionless time defined by Eq. (2.2.1), the
        condition given above by Eq. (2.3.1) is equivalent to tDw > 0.25,
        where the subscript w denotes the fact that this is the dimensionless
        time relative to the wellbore, where R = Rw .
            Hence, the validity of the line source approximation is not
        compromised by the mathematical assumption of an “infinitely small
        wellbore radius”. However, other physical effects, such as wellbore
        storage, cause the line source solution to be inaccurate at small times;
        these effects are discussed in Chapter 5.
March 1, 2018   14:33             Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in                  b3114-ch02             page 34
        34      Fluid Flow in Porous Media
        2.4. Logarithmic Approximation to the Line Source
             Solution
        The exponential integral function is unfamiliar to most engineers and
        is difficult to calculate. Fortunately, for sufficiently small values of x,
        which is to say, large values of t, the exponential integral essentially
        becomes a logarithmic function, which makes it very easy to use.
            To derive this “late-time” approximation, we proceed as follows.
        For large times, x will be small, and we can break up the integral
        into two parts:
                            ∞ −u          1 −u        ∞ −u
                                e             e             e
              −Ei(−x) =             du =          du +          du.      (2.4.1)
                            x     u        x    u       1     u
        Use the Taylor series for exp(−u) in the first integrand on the right:
                           1                    1        u        u2       u3
                                e−u                   1−   1!   +   2!   −   3!   + ···
                                    du =                                                  du.          (2.4.2)
                        x        u            x                      u
        Break up the integral on the right side of Eq. (2.4.2) into a series of
        integrals, and evaluate them term-by-term:
           1 −u
              e
                   du
           x    u
                   1                                 
                      1       1 1        1 1          1 1 2
               =        du −       du +       udu +         u du − · · ·
                   x u       1! x        2! x        3! x
                                      1         1
                      1      1   1 u2       1 u3
               = ln u]x − u]x +          −          + ···
                                 2! 2 x 3! 3 x
                                              1               1
                  = (ln 1 − ln x) − (1 − x) +    (1 − x2 ) −     (1 − x3 ) + · · ·
                                             2!2             3!3                                                                                  
                                  1 2     1 3                    1     1
                  = − ln x + x −     x +     x + ··· − 1 −          +      + ··· .
                                 2!2     3!3                    2!2 3!3
                                                                             (2.4.3)
        Substituting this result this back into Eq. (2.4.1) allows us to say
                                                                     1 2     1 3
                −Ei(−x) = − ln x − ln γ + x −                           x +     x + ··· ,              (2.4.4)
                                                                    2!2     3!3
March 1, 2018   14:33           Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in   b3114-ch02              page 35
                        Line Source Solution for a Vertical Well in an Infinite Reservoir   35
        where
                                                         ∞ −u
                                            1   1            e
                           ln γ =       1−    +    + ··· −       du.
                                           2!2 3!3         1   u
            Equation (2.4.4) looks messy, but the important point is that ln γ
        is merely a number, and does not depend on x, so we can evaluate it
        numerically, once and for all, to find
                                        ln γ = ln(1.781) = 0.5772.                    (2.4.5)
        Note: Both γ and ln γ are sometimes known as “Euler’s number”
        in the petroleum engineering literature, so care must be taken when
        reading other papers and books. Although most mathematicians use
        γ to denote the number 0.5772, in these notes, γ will always denote
        1.781.
            We can further simplify Eq. (2.4.4) if we can find conditions under
        which the power series terms are negligible. If this is the case, we will
        be left with only a logarithmic term and a constant. First, recall that
        large t implies small x, and so
                                            1 2     1 3
                                     x−        x +     x + · · · < x.                 (2.4.6)
                                           2!2     3!3
        If we want the power series terms to be, say, two orders of magnitude
        less than γ, which itself is roughly on the order of 1, then we need
                                        φμcR2            kt
                                x=            < 0.01 →       > 25.                    (2.4.7)
                                         4kt           φμcR2
        So, if the dimensionless time is greater than about 25, we have, from
        Eqs. (2.1.22) and (2.4.4):
                                                 μQ
                                 P (R, t) = Pi +     (ln x + ln γ)
                                                4πkH
                                                    μQ
                                 → P (R, t) = Pi +        ln(xγ)
                                                   4πkH
                                                                  
                                                 μQ        φμcR2 γ
                              → P (R, t) = Pi +       ln
                                                4πkH         4kt
March 1, 2018   14:33        Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in           b3114-ch02              page 36
        36      Fluid Flow in Porous Media
                                                                                                                                 μQ                            4kt
                           → P (R, t) = Pi −      ln
                                             4πkH                         φμcR2 γ                                                            
                                            μQ       2.246kt
                           → P (R, t) = Pi −    ln                                          (2.4.8)
                                           4πkH      φμcR2                                                              
                                      μQ        kt
                   → P (R, t) = Pi −       ln           + 0.80907 .                         (2.4.9)
                                     4πkH     φμcR2
            The form given in Eq. (2.4.8) is used in groundwater hydrology,
        and is called Jacob’s approximation; the equivalent form of Eq. (2.4.9)
        is used in petroleum reservoir engineering, where it is called the
        logarithmic approximation.
            By comparing Eq. (2.4.9) with Eqs. (2.2.1–2.2.3), we see that the
        dimensionless form of the logarithmic approximation is
                                              1
                                  ΔPD =         [ln(tD ) + 0.80907] .                      (2.4.10)
                                              2
            For values of the dimensionless time that are typically of interest
        at the well, the logarithmic approximation is very accurate. It can
        be seen in Figure 2.2 that the range of validity of the logarithmic
        approximation is consistent with the criterion given in Eq. (2.4.7),
        Figure 2.2. Comparison of the logarithmic approximation to the full exponential
        integral solution.
March 1, 2018   14:33           Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in   b3114-ch02              page 37
                        Line Source Solution for a Vertical Well in an Infinite Reservoir   37
        i.e. there is excellent agreement for tD > 25. Although smaller values
        of tD are usually not of interest at the well, they are needed if one
        wants to calculate the drawdown at a location far from the well. For
        values of tD < 1, the logarithmic approximation is actually quite
        inaccurate. Please verify this for yourself for, say, tD = 0.25, by
        evaluating Eq. (2.4.9), and comparing the result to that obtained
        from Table 2.1.
        2.5. Instantaneous Pulse of Injected Fluid
        Insight can be gained into the diffusive nature of flow through a
        porous medium by considering the problem of a finite amount of fluid
        injected into a well over a very small period of time. This problem
        also introduces the important concept of superposition, which will
        be described more fully in Chapter 3.
        Note: The problem of “injecting” fluid is mathematically equivalent
        to that of “producing” fluid, except for the sign, but it is probably
        easier to visualise a positive pressure pulse propagating into the
        reservoir, as occurs during injection, rather than a “negative”
        pressure pulse propagating into the reservoir during production.
            If we start injecting fluid at a rate Q (m3 /s) at time t = 0,
        then, according to Eq. (2.1.22), the pressure at a distance R into the
        reservoir will be
                                    ∞ −u
                              μQ         e
             P (R, t) = Pi +                 du, x = φμcR2 /4kt,        (2.5.1)
                             4πkH x        u
        where t is the elapsed time since the start of injection, and Q
        is defined here to be a positive number. The + sign appears in
        Eq. (2.5.1) because, if we are injecting rather than extracting fluid,
        the pressure in the reservoir should be greater than the initial
        reservoir pressure.
            Now imagine that we stop injecting fluid after a small amount
        of time, δt. This is equivalent to injecting fluid at a rate Q starting
        at t = 0, and then producing fluid at a rate Q (or, equivalently,
        injecting at a rate −Q) starting at time δt. The pressure drawdown
        in the reservoir due to this fictitious production would be given by
March 1, 2018   14:33         Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in   b3114-ch02                page 38
        38      Fluid Flow in Porous Media
        the same line source solution, except that:
        (1) For extraction of fluid we must use a “−” sign in front of the
            integral;
        (2) If t is the elapsed time since the start of injection, then t − δt will
            be the elapsed time since the start of the fictitious extraction of
            fluid (i.e. since the end of the actual injection!)
            Hence, the full expression for the pressure at location R and time
        t will be
                                  ∞                         ∞
                            μQ             e−u        μQ               e−u
          P (R, t) = Pi +                      du −                        du
                          4πkH x= φμcR2 u            4πkH x= φμcR2 u
                                                4kt                         4k(t−δt)
                                                φμcR2
                                             x= 4k(t−δt)
                                  μQ                       e−u
                        = Pi +                        2
                                                               du.                     (2.5.2)
                                 4πkH      x= φμcR          u
                                               4kt
        But if δt is small, then the two limits of integration in the integral
        on the right-hand side of Eq. (2.5.2) are close together, and we can
        use the following approximation:
                              x2
                                  f (x)dx ≈ f (x1 )[x2 − x1 ],         (2.5.3)
                                    x1
        which in the present case gives
                                                                                                            μQ   4kt     − φμcR
                                                    2
                                                           φμcR2       φμcR2
             P (R, t) ≈ Pi +       ·      · e   4kt   ·              −
                               4πkH φμcR2                 4k(t − δt)    4kt                                                                  
                                μQ   4kt     − φμcR
                                                    2
                                                          φμcR2 δt
                        ≈ Pi +     ·      · e   4kt   ·
                               4πkH φμcR2                   4kt2
                                  μQδt − φμcR2
                        ≈ Pi +         e 4kt .                                         (2.5.4)
                                 4πkHt
        As Q is the rate of injection in (m3 /s), and δt is the duration of
        the injection, the total volume of injected fluid is Qδt, which we can
        hereafter denote as Q∗, with units of (m3 ).
            Imagine now that we are monitoring the pressure at some fixed
        distance R from the borehole, for example, with a pressure gauge in
        an observation well. Equation (2.5.4) shows that the pressure buildup
March 1, 2018   14:33           Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in   b3114-ch02              page 39
                        Line Source Solution for a Vertical Well in an Infinite Reservoir   39
                    Figure 2.3. Pressure buildup due to an injected pulse of fluid.
        at R will be the product of two terms: an exponential term that
        increases with t, and then levels off to the value of 1 as t → ∞; and a
        term proportional to 1/t, that decays to zero as t → ∞. The product
        of these increasing and decreasing terms creates a function that first
        increases with time, and then decreases, as shown in Figure 2.3.
            It seems reasonable to identify the “time at which the pressure
        pulse has arrived at location R” with the time at which the pressure
        buildup reaches its maximum value at R. This time can be found by
        setting ∂P/∂t = 0 in Eq. (2.5.4):                           	                         
                       ∂P 		     μQ∗ −1 φμcR2 − φμcR2
                             =              +           e 4kt ,        (2.5.5)
                       ∂t 	R 4πkH t2             4kt3                           	
                       ∂P 		             φμcR2
                           	 =0⇒t=               ,                     (2.5.6)
                       ∂t R                4k
        which provides a derivation of Eq. (1.6.12).
        2.6. Estimating Permeability and Storativity
             from a Drawdown Test
        In Sections 2.1–2.4, we derived the line source solution, and showed
        how to use it to calculate the pressure drawdown, based on assumed
        knowledge of the reservoir properties. However, the most common
        use of this solution, and the other solutions that we will derive in
March 1, 2018   14:33        Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in   b3114-ch02             page 40
        40      Fluid Flow in Porous Media
        subsequent chapters, is for the inverse problem:
        • We use measured wellbore pressures, in conjunction with the
          mathematical solutions, to estimate reservoir properties such as
          permeability, porosity, etc.
        • This process, known as well test analysis, is the subject of a
          subsequent module of this MSc course. For now, we will do one
          simple example to see how to calculate the reservoir permeability
          from a drawdown test.
        Recall from Eq. (2.4.8) that, in the late-time regime,                                                           
                                          μQ        2.246kt
                       P (R, t) = Pi −         ln             .                    (2.6.1)
                                        4π kH       φμcR2
        At the wellbore wall,                                                                  
                                          μQ                 2.246k
                    P (Rw , t) = Pi −            ln t + ln        2
                                                                       .           (2.6.2)
                                         4π kH               φμcRw
            In general, we will not know the values of most of the parameters
        on the right-hand side of Eq. (2.6.2); we will only know Q, and
        the wellbore pressure as a function of time, P (Rw , t) ≡ Pw (t). In
        particular, we do not know k or φμc, so we cannot use criterion
        (2.4.7) to find out when our data fall into the late-time regime.
            However, the second logarithmic term, although unknown, is a
        constant. Hence, if we plot Pw (t) versus ln t, the data will eventually,
        at large enough values of t, fall on a straight line! The slope of this
        line on a semi-log plot gives kH, i.e.                          	        	 	        	
                          	 dPw 	 	 ΔPw 	                μQ
                          	        	=	        	
                          	 d ln t 	 	 Δ ln t 	 ≡ m = 4πkH ,              (2.6.3)
                                              μQ
                                            → kH =.                     (2.6.4)
                                             4πm
        In practice, Q is known, and μ can be measured, so the semi-log
        slope m gives us the permeability-thickness product, kH.
            Note that this method is unable to distinguish separately between
        the effects of permeability and thickness; i.e. a thick reservoir of low
        permeability can give the same drawdown as a more permeable but
        thinner reservoir.
March 1, 2018   14:33           Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in       b3114-ch02          page 41
                        Line Source Solution for a Vertical Well in an Infinite Reservoir   41
                          Table 2.2. Drawdown data used to illustrate the
                          method for determining permeability.
                          t (mins)       1        5        10        20     30     60
                          Pw (psi)     4740     4667      4633      4596   4573   4535
        Figure 2.4. Semi-log straight line method for estimating the permeability from a
        drawdown test.
           Now, let us do a simple example to learn how to calculate the
        permeability of a reservoir from a drawdown test.
        Example: A well with 4 in. radius produces oil with viscosity 0.3 cP,
        at a constant rate of 200 bbl/day, from a reservoir that is 15 ft. thick.
        The wellbore pressure as a function of time is given in Table 2.2. Use
        the “semi-log straight line” method to estimate the permeability, k.
        (1) Plot wellbore pressure against the logarithm of time, as in
            Figure 2.4.
        (2) Look for a straight line at late times, and find its slope:                              	        	
                              	 ΔP 	 4760 − 4510
                         m=	  	        	=              = 54.3 psi
                                Δ ln t 	    2 × 2.303
                                                        6895Pa
                                     = 54.3 psi ×              = 374, 400 Pa.
                                                          psi
March 1, 2018   14:33        Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in   b3114-ch02             page 42
        42      Fluid Flow in Porous Media
            Note: Δ ln t will have the same value, regardless of which units
            are used for t!
        (3) Calculate k from Eq. (2.6.4), first converting all data to SI:
                                                  0.001 Pa s
                             μ = 0.3 cP ×                    = 0.0003 Pa s,
                                                      cP
                           bbl   0.1589 m3    day    hr                 m3
                 Q = 200       ×           ×      ×       = 3.68 × 10−4    ,
                           day      bbl      24 hr 3600 s                s
                                                     0.3048 m
                                   H = 15ft ×                 = 4.572 m
                                                         ft
                                  μQ    (0.0003 Pa s)(3.68 × 10−4 m3 /s)
                        →k=           =
                                 4πmH      4π(4.572 m)(374, 400 Pa)
                                                            1mD
                        = 5.13 × 10−15 m2 ×                            = 5.1 mD.
                                                      0.987 × 10−15 m2
        We can also use a semi-log plot to estimate the storativity term,
        φc. To see how this works, first note that on a semi-log plot of Pw
        versus ln t, there are two asymptotic straight lines (see Figure 2.2).
        At early times, Pw = Pi (i.e. a horizontal line). At late times, Pw
        slopes downward as a function of ln t, according to Eq. (2.6.3).
            At what time t∗ do these straight lines intersect? This occurs
        when Pw (early t asymptote) = Pw (late t asymptote), i.e.                                                           
                                       μQ          2.246kt∗
                           Pi = Pi −         ln          2
                                      4π kH         φμcRw                                                 
                                        2.246kt∗
                                 → ln          2
                                                     =0
                                         φμcRw
                                                2.246kt∗
                                           →          2
                                                         =1
                                                 φμcRw
                                                        φμcRw2
                                           → t∗ =              ,
                                                        2.246k
        which can be inverted to give the storativity
                                                     2.246kt∗
                                            φc =          2
                                                              .                    (2.6.5)
                                                       μRw
March 1, 2018   14:33           Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in     b3114-ch02            page 43
                        Line Source Solution for a Vertical Well in an Infinite Reservoir   43
        Problems for Chapter 2
        Problem 2.1. A well with 3 in. radius is located in a 40 ft. thick
        reservoir that has a permeability of 30 mD and a porosity of 0.20. The
        total compressibility of the oil-rock system is 3×10−5 /psi. The initial
        pressure in the reservoir is 2800 psi. The well produces 448 bbl/day
        of oil that has a viscosity of 0.4 cP. Conversion factors can be found
        in Problem 1.1.
        (a) How long will it take in order for the line source solution to be
            applicable at the wellbore wall?
        (b) What is the pressure at the wellbore after six days of production,
            according to the line source solution?
        (c) How long will it take in order for Jacob’s logarithmic approxi-
            mation to be valid at the wellbore?
        (d) What is the pressure at the wellbore after six days of production,
            according to the logarithmic approximation?
        (e) Answer questions (b)–(d) for a location that is 800 ft. (horizon-
            tally) away from the wellbore.
        Problem 2.2. A well with a radius of 0.3 ft. produces 200 bbl/day of
        oil, with viscosity 0.6 cP, from a 20 ft. thick reservoir. The wellbore
        pressures are given in the table below. Estimate the permeability and
        the storativity of the reservoir, using the semi-log method described
        in Section 2.6.
        t(mins)           0      5       10       20       60      120   480 1440 2880 5760
        Pw (psi) 4000 3943 3938 3933 3926 3921 3911 3904 3899 3894
                  b2530   International Strategic Relations and China’s National Security: World at the Crossroads
                                      This page intentionally left blank
b2530_FM.indd 6                                                                                                      01-Sep-16 11:03:06 AM
March 1, 2018   14:33   Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in   b3114-ch03       page 45
                                       Chapter 3
            Superposition and Pressure Buildup Tests
        During well tests, the well may be flowed for a period of time, and
        then “shut-in”. It may also be flowed at a sequence of different
        rates, to obtain data that can be used to determine various reservoir
        properties. These sequences result in a complex pressure signal. In
        this chapter, we will introduce the principle of superposition, and
        show how it can be used to develop methods for analysing these
        complex pressure signals, and thereby help us to infer the values of
        important reservoir properties such as permeability and storativity.
        3.1. Linearity and the Principle of Superposition
        A basic property of the pressure diffusion equation that governs flow
        of a single-phase compressible liquid through a porous medium is its
        linearity. Linearity is the most important and useful property that
        any differential equation can have because it allows the principle
        of superposition to be used to construct solutions to the equation.
        Most of the analytical methods that have been developed to solve
        differential equations, such as Laplace transforms, Green’s functions,
        eigenfunction expansions, etc., can in fact be used only on linear
        differential equations. These analytical methods will be discussed to
        some extent in later sections of these notes. In this section, we will
        discuss a simple form of the principle of superposition that will allow
        us to solve many important reservoir engineering problems, such as
        pressure buildup tests.
                                                 45
March 1, 2018   14:33         Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in   b3114-ch03             page 46
        46      Fluid Flow in Porous Media
            The diffusion equation is a linear partial differential equation
        (PDE) because both of the differential operators that appear in it
        are linear operators. Formally, a differential operator M that operates
        on a function F is linear if it has the following two properties:
                                M (F1 + F2 ) = M (F1 ) + M (F2 ),                   (3.1.1)
                                      M (cF1 ) = cM (F1 ),                          (3.1.2)
        where F1 and F2 are any two differentiable functions, and c is any
        constant.
           The process of partial differentiation is a linear operation, since
                        d                             dP1 (R, t) dP2 (R, t)
                           [P1 (R, t) + P2 (R, t)] =              +         ,       (3.1.3)
                        dt                                dt         dt
                                    d                   dP1 (R, t)
                                       [cP1 (R, t)] = c            .                (3.1.4)
                                    dt                     dt
        By this definition, we see that Eq. (1.7.8) is a linear PDE. This will
        be the case if the coefficients that appear in the diffusivity equation,
        such as φ, c, μ and k, are constants. If these coefficients varied with
        position or time, the governing equation (see Section 1.8) would still
        be linear, albeit more difficult to solve.
            However, if any of the coefficients were functions of pressure,
        the equation would no longer be linear. This situation occurs, for
        example, with gas flow, for which the compressibility varies with
        pressure (see Chapter 9). It is also the case for “stress-sensitive”
        reservoirs in which the permeability varies with pressure.
            A simple rule-of-thumb is that a differential equation will be
        nonlinear if it contains any term in which the dependent variable (in
        our case, P ) or any of its derivatives appear to a power higher than
        one, or are multiplied by one another. For example, M = P (dP/dt)
        is a nonlinear operator, because it violates condition (3.1.1):
                                               d(P1 + P2 )
                 M {P1 + P2 } = (P1 + P2 )
                                                    dt                                                          
                                                 dP1 dP2
                                  = (P1 + P2 )        +
                                                  dt    dt
March 1, 2018   14:33          Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in   b3114-ch03               page 47
                                                 Superposition and Pressure Buildup Tests   47
                                       dP1       dP1      dP2        dP2
                                   = P1     + P2     + P1       + P2
                                        dt        dt       dt         dt
                                                            dP1       dP2
                                   = M {P1 } + M {P2 } + P2      + P1
                                                             dt        dt
                               → M {P1 + P2 } = M {P1 } + M {P2 }!                   (3.1.5)
            The importance of linearity is that it allows us to create new
        solutions to the diffusion equation by adding together previously
        known solutions. Care must be taken, however, with the initial
        conditions and boundary conditions. For example, if P1 and P2 are
        two pressure functions that each satisfy the diffusion equation (2.1.2)
        and the initial condition (2.1.3), then the sum of P1 and P2 will also
        satisfy the diffusion equation, but will not satisfy the correct initial
        conditions, because
                        P1 (R, t = 0) + P2 (R, t = 0) = Pi + Pi = 2Pi .               (3.1.6)
           This difficulty can be circumvented by working with the draw-
        down instead of the actual pressure. Linearity of the diffusion
        equation implies that the drawdown, ΔP = Pi − P (R, t), satis-
        fies the same diffusion equation as does P (R, t) itself, since, for
        example,
                d[Pi − P (R, t)]   dPi dP (R, t)    dP (R, t)
                                 =     −         =−           ,               etc.    (3.1.7)
                      dt            dt    dt           dt
        As the drawdown satisfies zero initial condition, by definition,
        Eq. (3.1.6) shows that the sum of two drawdown functions will also
        satisfy the correct initial condition (i.e. that the drawdown must
        be zero when t = 0). Likewise, the drawdown is also zero infinitely
        far from the well, so if two drawdown functions satisfy the boundary
        condition at R = ∞, their sum will also satisfy this far-field boundary
        condition.
        3.2. Pressure Buildup Test in an Infinite Reservoir
        In a pressure buildup test, a well that has been producing fluid at a
        constant rate Q for some time t is then “shut-in”, i.e. production is
March 1, 2018   14:33        Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in   b3114-ch03    page 48
        48      Fluid Flow in Porous Media
        stopped. After this, fluid will continue to flow towards the well, due
        to the pressure gradient in the reservoir, but will not be able to exit
        at the wellhead. Consequently, the pressure at the well will rise back
        towards it initial value, Pi . The rate of this pressure recovery at the
        well can be used to estimate both the transmissivity, kH, and the
        initial pressure, Pi , of the reservoir.
             The analysis of a pressure buildup test is based on the principle of
        superposition that was discussed in the previous section, and proceeds
        as follows. First, imagine that we produce at a rate Q, starting at
        t = 0, in which case the pressure drawdown due to this production
        will be
                                                               
                                              μQ       −φμcR2
                ΔP1 = Pi − P1 (R, t) = −         Ei               .       (3.2.1)
                                            4πkH          4kt
            Now consider the following fictitious problem, in which, at some
        time t1 , we begin to inject fluid into the same well, at rate Q. The
        pressure drawdown due to this injection would be given by the same
        line source solution, except that:
        (a) The variable that we use in the line source solution to represent
            the “elapsed time” must be measured from the start of injection,
            i.e. the variable must be t − t1 ;
        (b) Since we are injecting rather than producing, we must use “−Q”
            in the solution.
        Therefore, the pressure drawdown due to this fictitious injection is
                                                                                                  μQ        −φμcR2
               ΔP2 = Pi − P2 (R, t) =      Ei                 .      (3.2.2)
                                      4πkH      4k(t − t1 )
        Note: It is implicitly understood in all equations such as Eq. (3.2.2)
        that the value of the Ei function is taken to be zero when the term
        in brackets is positive, which is to say, when t < t1 .
            We now superimpose these two solutions (for the drawdown,
        not the pressure itself!), putting ΔP = ΔP1 + ΔP2 . In light of the
        discussion given in the previous section, this composite function
        is also a solution to the pressure diffusion equation. However, we
March 1, 2018   14:33          Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in   b3114-ch03               page 49
                                                 Superposition and Pressure Buildup Tests   49
        note that:
        (a) For t < t1 , the injection has not started, and so the composite
            solution corresponds to production at rate Q, as given by
            Eq. (3.2.1).
        (b) For t < t1 , the composite solution corresponds to production at
            rate Q, and injection at rate Q, which is to say, a well that is
            neither producing nor injecting, i.e. it is “shut-in”!
        (c) Therefore, this superposition of the two pressure functions solves
            the problem of production for a time t1 , followed by shut-in:
                 ΔP (R, t) = ΔP1 (R, t) + ΔP2 (R, t)
                                                                                                           μQ          −φμcR2       μQ          −φμcR2
                           =−        Ei              +        Ei
                              4πkH           4kt       4πkH        4k(t − t1 )                                                                      
                               μQ           −φμcR2             −φμcR2
                           =−           Ei             − Ei                  .
                              4πkH             4kt            4k(t − t1 )
                                                                           (3.2.3)
            Now recall that ΔP (R, t) = Pi − P (R, t), in which case P (R, t) =
        Pi − ΔP (R, t), and so                                                                    
                          μQ                −φμcR2           −φμcR2
         P (R, t) = Pi +                 Ei          − Ei                  . (3.2.4)
                         4πkH                 4kt           4k(t − t1 )
           If t is sufficiently large that we can use the logarithmic approxi-
        mation for both terms in Eq. (3.2.4), then                                                                   
                                         μQ                   2.246k
                        P (R, t) = Pi −           ln t + ln
                                        4πkH                  φμcR2                                                                
                                                         2.246k
                                   − ln(t − t1 ) − ln
                                                         φμcR2
                                                   μQ
                                → P (R, t) = Pi −      [ln t − ln(t − t1 )]
                                                  4πkH
                                                   μQ         t
                                → P (R, t) = Pi −       ln         .                  (3.2.5)
                                                  4πkH (t − t1 )
March 1, 2018   14:33        Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in   b3114-ch03   page 50
        50      Fluid Flow in Porous Media
        This is the equation for the pressure at the wellbore during a pressure
        buildup test. However, the notation more commonly used in buildup
        tests is the following:
        • The duration of production period is denoted by t, not t1 .
        • The duration of the shut-in period is denoted by Δt, not t − t1 .
        Using this notation, the well pressure during shut-in is given by
                                                                                                  μQ        t + Δt
                         Pw (t) = Pi −        ln            .          (3.2.6)
                                       4πkH          Δt
        This equation is used for graphical analysis of the data from a buildup
        test, allowing estimation of the kH product and the initial reservoir
        pressure. The ratio (t + Δt)/Δt that appears in Eq. (3.2.6) is known
        as the Horner time, tH . Note that the Horner time has the following
        peculiar properties:
        (a) It does not have units of time, but is dimensionless, and
        (b) It becomes numerically smaller as the duration of the shut-in
            period increases.
        The wellbore pressure that would be measured during a shut-in test
        is shown schematically in Figure 3.1.
                        Figure 3.1. Wellbore pressure during a buildup test.
March 1, 2018   14:33        Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in     b3114-ch03              page 51
                                                Superposition and Pressure Buildup Tests   51
        3.3. Multi-rate Flow Tests
        The superposition principle that was used to solve the problem of a
        buildup test can also be used in the more general situation in which
        the production rate is changed by discrete amounts at various time
        intervals. First, imagine that the production rate is given by
                                     Q = Q0         for 0 < t < t1 ,                  (3.3.1)
                                     Q = Q1         for t > t1 .                      (3.3.2)
            To find the drawdown, we superpose the solution for production
        at rate Q0 starting at time t = 0, plus a solution starting at t1 that
        corresponds to the increment in the production rate, Q1 − Q0 :                                                                                       
                       μQ0                 −φμcR2            μ(Q1 − Q0 )       −φμcR2
        ΔP (R, t) = −      Ei                              −             Ei                 .
                      4πkH                   4kt               4πkH           4k(t − t1 )
                                                                                    (3.3.3)
            To verify that it is correct to use the flow rate increment, note
        that for t > t1 , the first Ei function corresponds to a flow rate of Q0 ,
        and the second corresponds to a rate of Q1 − Q0 , so the total flow
        rate is
                              Q(t > t1 ) = Q0 + (Q1 − Q0 ) = Q1 .                     (3.3.4)
        The drawdown in the general case in which flow rate Qi commences
        at time ti can therefore be represented by                                                    
                                    −μQ0      −φμcR2
                        ΔP (R, t) =      Ei
                                    4πkH        4kt
                                       μ(Qi − Qi−1 )  −φμcR2 
                                    −                Ei             .                 (3.3.5)
                                            4πkH        4k(t − ti )
                                          i=1
            We can simplify the notation by defining the pressure drawdown
        per unit of flow rate, with production starting at t = 0, as ΔPQ (R, t).
        For the line source in an infinite reservoir, this definition takes the
March 1, 2018   14:33        Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in         b3114-ch03               page 52
        52      Fluid Flow in Porous Media
        form
                                                                                  
                             ΔP (R, t; Q)    −μ                           −φμcR2
                ΔPQ (R, t) ≡              ≡      Ei                                    ,   (3.3.6)
                                 Q          4πkH                            4kt
        with the understanding that ΔPQ (R, t) = 0 when t < 0. Using
        definition (3.3.6), the drawdown in a multi-rate test can be written
        as
                                     
         ΔP (R, t) = Q0 ΔPQ (R, t) +    (Qi − Qi−1 )ΔPQ (R, t − ti ). (3.3.7)
                                                 i=1
        This type of multi-rate test is used, for example, to determine rate-
        dependent skin factors (see Chapter 5).
        3.4. Convolution Integral for Variable-rate
             Flow Tests
        The superposition formula (3.3.7) can be generalised further, to the
        case where the flow rate at the well is some arbitrary (but continuous)
        function of time, Q(t). We first note that an arbitrary production
        schedule can always be approximated by a discrete number of time
        periods during which the flow rate is constant, as shown in Figure 3.2.
            Now recall that the time derivative of the flow rate, at time ti ,
        where i is an index that takes on the values 1, 2, 3, etc., can be
          Figure 3.2. Variable-rate production approximated by multi-rate production.
March 1, 2018   14:33    Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in        b3114-ch03                  page 53
                                           Superposition and Pressure Buildup Tests           53
        approximated as
                                  	
                              dQ 		   (ΔQ)i    Qi − Qi−1
                                  	 ≈        =            .                           (3.4.1)
                              dt ti    (Δt)i    ti − ti−1
        Equation (3.4.1) can be rearranged, to allow us to approximate the
        flow rate increment, as follows:
                                               dQ(ti )
                           Qi − Qi−1 ≈                 × (ti − ti−1 ).                (3.4.2)
                                                 dt
        Using this approximation in Eq. (3.3.7) gives
                                               dQ(ti )
           ΔP (R, t) = Q0 ΔPQ (R, t) +                        ΔPQ (R, t − ti )(ti − ti−1 ).
                                                       dt
                                              i=1
                                                                        (3.4.3)
        We now simplify the notation by rewriting Eq. (3.4.3) in the following
        equivalent form:                                      
          ΔP (R, t) = Q0 ΔPQ (R, t) +     Q (ti )ΔPQ (R, t − ti )Δti . (3.4.4)
                                               i=1
        As we make each time increment smaller, approximation (3.4.1)
        becomes more accurate, and the “step-function” approximation to
        the flow rate Q(t) also becomes more accurate. In the limit as each
        time increment goes to zero, the errors due to these approximations
        will vanish.
            Furthermore, as the time increments get smaller, the series in
        Eq. (3.4.4) becomes an integral with respect to ti :                                      
 ti =t
          ΔP (R, t) = Q0 ΔPQ (R, t) +         Q (ti )ΔPQ (R, t − ti )dti . (3.4.5)
                                               ti =0
        The integral in Eq. (3.4.5) ends at ti = t because when ti > t,
        the function ΔPQ (R, t − ti ) is zero, by definition. Physically, this is
        equivalent to the fact that a change in flow rate that occurs at a
        time later than t cannot possibly have an effect on the drawdown at
        time t.
            Finally, we note that in the limit as each of the time increments
        become infinitely small, the finite number of times that we were
March 1, 2018    14:33              Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in                    b3114-ch03             page 54
        54      Fluid Flow in Porous Media
        denoting by ti evolve into a continuous variable, which we will denote
        by τ . The drawdown can then be written as                                                          
       t
                                                                      dQ(τ )
             ΔP (R, t) = Q0 ΔPQ (R, t) +                                     ΔPQ (R, t − τ )dτ.            (3.4.6)
                                                              0        dτ
            The integral in Eq. (3.4.6) is known as a convolution integral, and
        is specifically referred to as “the convolution of the two functions
        dQ/dt and ΔPQ ”. Formula (3.4.6) is also known as Duhamel’s
        principle, after the French mathematician who first suggested this
        procedure in the context of solving heat conduction problems
        (Duhamel, 1833).
            The importance of the convolution integral given by Eq. (3.4.6) is
        that it allows us to find the drawdown for any production schedule,
        by merely performing a single integral utilising the “constant flow
        rate” solution. For example, if we have a reservoir with, say, a closed
        outer circular boundary (see Chapter 6), then we need only to find
        the solution for the case of constant flow rate in a reservoir with a
        closed outer circular boundary; the solution for a variable flow rate
        in this reservoir then follows from Eq. (3.4.6), with the constant flow
        rate solution playing the role of the function ΔPQ .
            Another form of the convolution integral that is sometimes more
        convenient to use can be derived by applying integration-by-parts
        to the integral in (3.4.6). First, recall the general expression for
        integration by parts:                   
     t                                                
    t
                                    dg(τ )                                                 df (τ )
                             f (τ )        dτ = f (τ )g(τ )]t0 −                   g(τ )           dτ.     (3.4.7)
                    0                dτ                                    0                 dτ
        We now put f (τ ) = ΔPQ (R, t − τ ) and g(τ ) = Q(τ ), in which case
        Eq. (3.4.6) becomes
                ΔP (R, t) = Q0 ΔPQ (R, t) + Q(τ )ΔPQ (R, t − τ )]t0
                               t
                                        dΔPQ (R, t − τ )
                            −     Q(τ )                  dτ,
                                0             dτ
March 1, 2018    14:33         Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in   b3114-ch03               page 55
                                                 Superposition and Pressure Buildup Tests   55
                            = Q0 ΔPQ (R, t) + Q(t)ΔPQ (R, 0) − Q(0)ΔPQ (R, t)
                                 t
                                          dΔPQ (R, t − τ )
                              −     Q(τ )                  dτ.           (3.4.8)
                                  0             dτ
        But Q(0) = Q0 , by definition, so the first and third terms on the right
        cancel out. And ΔPQ (R, 0) is the drawdown at time zero, which must
        be zero, and so the second term on the right also drops out.
            Next, use of the chain rule shows that
                       dΔPQ (R, t − τ )     −dΔPQ (R, t − τ )
                                          =                   ,                       (3.4.9)
                              dτ                    dt
        in which case Eq. (3.4.8) can finally be written as                               
 t
                                         dΔPQ (R, t − τ )
                  ΔP (R, t) =      Q(τ )                  dτ.                        (3.4.10)
                                0              dt
        This integral allows us to calculate the drawdown for any production
        history, provided that we know the drawdown function for the case
        of constant production rate, ΔPQ (R, t). It implies that, for a given
        reservoir shape, we only ever need to solve the problem of constant
        production rate!
        Problems for Chapter 3
        Problem 3.1. Which, if any, of the following differential equations
        are linear, and why (or why not)?
                d2 y       dy
        (a)     dx2
                       + y dx + y = 0.
                d2 y       dy
        (b)     dx2
                       + x dx + y = 0.
                d2 y       dy
        (c)     dx2
                       + x dx + xy = 0.
        Problem 3.2. Find an expression for the wellbore pressure in a
        vertical well in a laterally infinite reservoir, if the production rate
        increases linearly as a function of time according to Q(t) = Q∗ t/t∗ ,
        where Q∗ and t∗ are constants. Use convolution, in the form of either
        Eq. (3.4.6) or Eq. (3.4.10), and recall that ΔPQ (R, t) for a well in an
        infinite reservoir is given by Eq. (3.3.6).
                  b2530   International Strategic Relations and China’s National Security: World at the Crossroads
                                      This page intentionally left blank
b2530_FM.indd 6                                                                                                      01-Sep-16 11:03:06 AM
March 1, 2018   14:33   Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in   b3114-ch04       page 57
                                       Chapter 4
                Effect of Faults and Linear Boundaries
        In the previous two chapters, we assumed that the well was located in
        a laterally infinite reservoir. But all real reservoirs are bounded. For
        example, many reservoirs contain nearly vertical faults which, due
        to mineralisation processes, or to the creation of fault gouge caused
        by relative motion between the two sides of the fault, may serve as
        impermeable barriers to flow. In this chapter, we will learn how to use
        spatial superposition of fictitious “image” wells to model the effect
        that such impermeable faults will have on the pressure behaviour
        measured at the actual production well. In particular, this analysis
        will allow us to calculate the distance from the well to the nearest
        impermeable sealing fault. The method of image wells can also be
        used to model the effect of linear constant-pressure boundaries, such
        as may be caused by an aquifer abutting against the reservoir.
        4.1. Superposition of Sources/Sinks in Space
        In Section 3.1, we saw that if we add together two different line source
        solutions that “start” at different times, we still have a legitimate
        mathematical solution to the pressure diffusion equation. We can also
        add together solutions that represent line sources that are located at
        different places in space, and their sum will represent a solution to
        the diffusion equation.
            The simplest and most straightforward example of the use of
        spatial superposition is for the problem of two wells located in an
        infinite reservoir, as shown in Figure 4.1. Well 1 is located at point
                                                 57
March 1, 2018   14:33        Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in   b3114-ch04        page 58
        58      Fluid Flow in Porous Media
        Figure 4.1. Two wells producing from an infinite, homogeneous reservoir, with
        the pressure monitored at an observation well C.
        A, and the distance from A to a generic point C in the reservoir is
        denoted by R1 . Well 2 is located at point B, and the distance from B
        to C is denoted by R2 . Well 1 starts producing at rate Q1 at time t1 ,
        and well 2 starts producing at rate Q2 , starting at time t2 . It may be
        convenient to imagine an observation well located at C, fitted with
        a pressure gauge.
            We now claim that the drawdown at arbitrary point C in the
        reservoir, at some time t, is given by the sum of the two relevant line
        source solutions                                                                         
                           μQ1         −φμcR12         μQ2       −φμcR22
          P (R, t) = Pi +        Ei                 +      Ei                 .
                          4πkH        4k(t − t1 )     4πkH      4k(t − t2 )
                                                                          (4.1.1)
        To prove that this is indeed the proper solution to this problem, we
        note that:
            (1) The line source solution for well 1 satisfies the diffusion
        equation at all points in the reservoir (except at R1 = 0, where it
        gives an “infinite” drawdown), and at all times. Likewise for the
        second line source solution. Hence, their sum satisfies the pressure
        diffusion equation at all times, and at all points except R1 = 0 and
        R2 = 0. But these two points are not actually located in the reservoir
        (they are located “in the well”), so we do not care that the diffusion
        equation is not satisfied there!
            (2) Both line source solutions satisfy the initial condition of zero
        drawdown, so their sum also satisfies this initial condition.
            (3) Both line source solutions satisfy the far-field boundary
        condition that the drawdown is zero “at infinity”, and so their sum
March 1, 2018    14:33     Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in    b3114-ch04               page 59
                                                 Effect of Faults and Linear Boundaries   59
        also satisfies this boundary condition, i.e.
                                        μQ            μQ
                P (R → ∞, t) = Pi +         Ei(−∞) +      Ei(−∞) = Pi ,
                                       4πkH          4πkH
                                                                    (4.1.2)
        because, as can be seen from Table 2.1, Ei(−x) goes to zero as
        x becomes very large. Hence, we have verified that the drawdown
        given by Eq. (4.1.1) is the correct solution for the two-well problem.
        Obviously, spatial superposition can be used for any number of wells.
            The principle of superposition can also be used in conjunction
        with the concept of “image” wells, to solve problems such as finding
        the effect of a nearby impermeable fault, as explained in the next
        section.
        4.2. Effect of an Impermeable Vertical Fault
        Hydrocarbon reservoirs are often transected by faults, many of which
        are nearly vertical. Due to mineral deposition on the fault surfaces,
        accumulation of fault gouge and other geological processes, faults
        are often impermeable to flow. In order to properly interpret the
        results of well tests, it is important to understand the effect that
        an impermeable boundary will have on a drawdown test. It is
        therefore desirable to find the solution to the problem of constant-
        rate production from a well located in a homogeneous reservoir that
        is bounded on one side by a vertical fault of infinite extent, and which
        is impermeable to flow. This solution can easily be found using the
        Theis solution for a well in an infinite unbounded reservoir, and using
        the principle of spatial superposition.
            Consider a well located at a perpendicular distance (i.e. nearest
        distance) d from an impermeable fault, which appears in planview
        as a straight line that extends infinitely far in both directions, as in
        Figure 4.2. This well produces fluid at a constant rate Q, starting at
        t = 0. Now imagine a fictitious “image well” that is situated as the
        “mirror image” of the first well (i.e. located at a distance d on the
        other side of the fault), which also produces fluid from the reservoir
        at rate Q starting at t = 0. In this hypothetical situation, we ignore
March 1, 2018    14:33       Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in   b3114-ch04             page 60
        60      Fluid Flow in Porous Media
        Figure 4.2. Use of an image well to solve the problem of a well near an
        impermeable fault.
        the fact that the fault exists, and assume that the reservoir extends
        infinitely far in all horizontal directions, just as in the Theis problem.
        Due to the symmetry of this situation, no fluid will ever cross the
        plane of the fault. Hence, this plane will effectively act as a no-flow
        boundary. This scenario therefore gives us the solution for a well near
        an impermeable fault!
            The pressure drawdown in this situation is the superposition of
        the drawdown due to the actual well, plus the drawdown due to the
        fictitious image well:
                                                                        
                              μQ        −φμcR12         μQ         −φμcR22
          P (R, t) = Pi +          Ei               +         Ei             .
                            4πkH           4kt        4πkH           4kt
                                                                           (4.2.1)
        To find the pressure in the wellbore, we put
                               R1 = Rw ,         R2 = 2d − Rw ≈ 2d,                (4.2.2)
        in which case Eq. (4.2.1) becomes
                                         2                                                                  
                         μQ         −φμcRw       μQ       −φμc(2d)2
          Pw (t) = Pi +       Ei              +      Ei               .
                        4πkH          4kt       4πkH        4kt
                                                                   (4.2.3)
                There are several time regimes to consider:
           (i) An early time regime, during which the logarithmic approxi-
        mation is not yet valid for either the actual well solution, or for the
March 1, 2018   14:33    Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in     b3114-ch04              page 61
                                               Effect of Faults and Linear Boundaries   61
        image-well solution. From Eq. (2.4.7), this regime is defined by
                                        2
                                  25φμcRw
                             t<           ,           or    tDw < 25.            (4.2.4)
                                     k
        In this regime, we would have to use the full infinite series expansion
        for the exponential integral function. However, we saw in Section 2.4
        that the duration of this regime is usually very short, and so there
        is no need for us to study it further.
            (ii) An intermediate time regime in which the logarithmic
        approximation can be used for the well solution, but the drawdown
        in the wellbore due to the image solution is still negligible. The start
        of this regime is defined by Eq. (4.2.4), i.e.
                                        2
                                  25φμcRw
                             t>           ,           or    tDw > 25.            (4.2.5)
                                     k
        This regime ends when the front edge of the pressure pulse from the
        image well reaches the actual well, which is located at a distance 2d
        away from the image well. We can consider that this occurs when
        the second Ei function in Eq. (4.2.3) reaches, say, 0.01. According
        to Table 2.1, this will occur when the argument of the Ei function
        reaches about 3.3. Therefore, the upper limit of this second time
        regime is defined by
                             0.3φμcd2
                        t<            ,        or    tDw < 0.3(d/Rw )2 .         (4.2.6)
                                 k
        In this regime, the pressure in the well is given by                                                          
                                         μQ        2.246kt
                         Pw (t) = Pi −       ln          2
                                                             .                   (4.2.7)
                                       4πkH        φμcRw
        This is precisely the drawdown that would occur in the absence of
        the fault, because in this time regime the actual pressure pulse has
        not yet had time to travel to the fault and reflect back to the wellbore
        (where it can be detected). In particular, during this regime the slope
        on a semi-log plot of the wellbore pressure curve will be
                                  dPw      ΔPw      −μQ
                                         =        =      .                       (4.2.8)
                                  d ln t   Δ ln t   4πkH
March 1, 2018   14:33          Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in   b3114-ch04              page 62
        62      Fluid Flow in Porous Media
            (iii) A late time regime during which the logarithmic approxi-
        mation is valid for both the actual well solution, and the image well
        solution. This regime is defined by
                             25φμc(2d)2
                        t>              ,        or     tDw > 100(d/Rw )2 .           (4.2.9)
                                 k
        In this regime, the pressure at the actual well is given by
                                                                     
                          μQ         2.246kt         μQ        2.246kt
          Pw (t) = Pi −        ln          2
                                                −        ln
                        4πkH         φμcRw        4πkH        φμc(2d)2
                                                                         
                          μQ                 2.246k                  2.246k
                 = Pi −          ln t + ln         2
                                                       + ln t + ln
                        4πkH                 φμcRw                   φμc4d2
                                                                    
                          μQ                   2.246k            2.246k
                 = Pi −          2 ln t + ln         2
                                                         + ln              .
                        4πkH                   φμcRw            φμc4d2
                                                                          (4.2.10)
        This equation will also yield a straight line on a plot of Pw versus
        ln t, but with a slope that is twice that of the earlier slope, i.e.
                                dPw      ΔPw      −2μQ   −μQ
                                       =        =      =      .                      (4.2.11)
                                d ln t   Δ ln t   4πkH   2πkH
             Doubling of the slope of the graph of Pw versus ln t is therefore an
        indication of a nearby impermeable boundary. Moreover, the distance
        from the production well to the fault can be estimated from the
        transition time between the regime when Eq. (4.2.7) is applicable, to
        the regime when Eq. (4.2.10) becomes applicable (see Problem 4.1).
             Physical Explanation: Because of the impermeable boundary,
        oil is being produced from a “semi-infinite” reservoir, rather than
        an infinite reservoir. So, at large times, only half as much oil will
        be produced, for a given wellbore pressure. Therefore, in order to
        maintain a constant flow rate, we must double the drawdown.
        4.3. Two Intersecting Impermeable Vertical Faults
        The method of images can also be used to study the effect of two
        or more intersecting faults. For example, consider a well located
March 1, 2018   14:33        Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in    b3114-ch04               page 63
                                                   Effect of Faults and Linear Boundaries   63
                 Figure 4.3. Well located near two intersecting impermeable faults.
        Figure 4.4. Use of image wells to solve problem of a well near two intersecting
        impermeable faults.
        equidistant from two impermeable faults that intersect at a right
        angle, as in Figure 4.3.
            To solve this problem, we again first imagine that the reservoir is
        laterally infinite in extent, and contains no impermeable boundaries.
        However, we want the locations of the actual impermeable boundaries
        to correspond to “no-flow” boundaries in our fictitious unbounded
        reservoir. This will be the case if we have two perpendicular lines
        of symmetry located at distances d from the actual well. This can
        be accomplished by introducing the following three images wells, as
        shown in Figure 4.4.
            Image wells 1 and 3 are both located at a distance 2d from the
        actual well, whereas the distance from the actual well to image well 2
March 1, 2018   14:33        Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in   b3114-ch04       page 64
        64      Fluid Flow in Porous Media
            √
        is 2 2d. Hence, we must add three “fictitious” line source solutions to
        the line source solution for the actual well, each with the appropriate
        radius variable. The resulting drawdown at the actual production
        well is given by
                                                       2                 
                 4πkH[Pw (t) − Pi ]               −φμcRw            −φμc4d2
                                    = Ei                    + 2Ei
                      μQ                            4kt               4kt                                                           
                                                    −φμc8d2
                                             + Ei             .              (4.3.1)
                                                      4kt
        Recalling the definitions of dimensionless time and dimensionless
        drawdown given in Section 2.2, we can write Eq. (4.3.1) in dimen-
        sionless form as                                                                  
                    1       −1           −(d/Rw )2    1     −2(d/Rw )2
         ΔPDw = − Ei              − Ei               − Ei                .
                    2      4tDw            tDw        2        tDw
                                                                   (4.3.2)
            The wellbore pressure will exhibit an early stage in which the
        effect of the image wells is not yet apparent, and the semi-log
        slope of the wellbore pressure versus time curve will be −μQ/4πkH.
        Eventually, at a sufficiently long time such that the drawdown in the
        actual well due to production from all four wells can be approximated
        by the logarithmic approximation, the semi-log slope will be four
        times greater in magnitude, i.e. −μQ/πkH.
            Note that application of the method of images is not as simple
        as saying “if we had one impermeable boundary we added one image
        well, so for two impermeable boundaries we should add two image
        wells”; this statement might seem logical, but it is not correct. The
        trick is to place image wells so as to create a fictitious unbounded
        reservoir that has the proper symmetry in its flow field.
            Several other examples of the use of the method of images, such
        as two infinite parallel faults, two faults intersecting at 45◦ , etc., can
        be found in the book Well Testing in Heterogeneous Formations, by
        Streltsova (1988).
March 1, 2018   14:33   Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in    b3114-ch04               page 65
                                              Effect of Faults and Linear Boundaries   65
        4.4. Well Near a Linear Constant-pressure
             Vertical Boundary
        Another situation that sometimes arises in reservoirs is that of a
        linear constant-pressure boundary. This boundary may, for example,
        be formed by a gas cap that borders a slightly dipping oil reservoir.
        The effect that such a boundary has on a drawdown test can also be
        studied by using the method of images.
            In this case, imagine an image well, located as in Figure 4.2,
        but injecting fluid at a rate Q. Again, we “ignore” the actual
        constant-pressure boundary, and assume that the actual well and
        the image well are located in an infinite reservoir. By superposition,
        the drawdown at a generic location in the reservoir will in this
        case be                                                                    
                            μQ        −φμcR12       μQ         −φμcR22
           P (R, t) = Pi +       Ei             −        Ei              .
                           4πkH         4kt        4πkH          4kt
                                                                       (4.4.1)
        Now consider a point on the mid-plane between the two wells. At
        such a point, R1 = R2 , and so Eq. (4.4.1) gives                                                                    
                                  μQ         −φμcR12            −φμcR12
         P (midplane, t) = Pi +         Ei               − Ei
                                 4πkH           4kt               4kt
                         = Pi     for all t                                     (4.4.2)
        which proves that the mid-plane is indeed a plane of constant
        pressure.
             Now, consider the pressure drawdown in the actual well, which
        is found by setting R1 = Rw and R2 = 2d − Rw ≈ 2d
                                          2                        
                           μQ       −φμcRw        μQ       −φμc(2d)2
          P (R, t) = Pi +      Ei              −      Ei                .
                          4πkH         4kt       4πkH         4kt
                                                                    (4.4.3)
        Again, aside from a very-early time regime defined by Eq. (4.2.4),
        which we ignore, we have, in analogy with Eqs. (4.2.5) and (4.2.6),
March 1, 2018   14:33          Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in    b3114-ch04             page 66
        66      Fluid Flow in Porous Media
        a regime defined by tDw > 25 and
                                  0.3φμcd2
                             t<            ,          or   tDw < 0.3(d/Rw )2 ,        (4.4.4)
                                      k
        during which the effect of the image well has not yet been felt in the
        actual well, and so the pressure in the well is given by
                                                          
                                        μQ         2.246kt
                         Pw (t) = Pi −        ln         2
                                                             .        (4.4.5)
                                       4πkH        φμcRw
            There exists a late-time regime during which the logarithmic
        approximation is valid at the production well for both the actual
        line source solution and the image line source solution. In analogy
        with Eq. (4.2.9), this regime is defined by
                             25φμc(2d)2
                        t>              ,        or     tDw > 100(d/Rw )2 .           (4.4.6)
                                 k
        In this regime, the pressure in the production well is given by
                                                                      
                         μQ        2.246kt         μQ          2.246kt
         Pw (t) = Pi −        ln          2
                                              +         ln
                       4πkH        φμcRw         4πkH         φμc(2d)2
                                                                           
                         μQ                 2.246k                     2.246k
                = Pi −          ln t + ln         2
                                                      −  ln t −  ln
                       4πkH                 φμcRw                     φμc(2d)2
                                           
                         μQ          2.246k           2
                = Pi −          ln             − ln(Rw  )
                       4πkH           φμc
                                             
                         2.246k              2
                  − ln             + ln[(2d) ]
                          φμc
                           μQ
                   = Pi −      ln[(2d/Rw )2 ]
                          4πkH
                                      
                           μQ       2d
                   = Pi −      ln        .                                            (4.4.7)
                          2πkH      Rw
        We see that the pressure at the production well eventually stabilises
        to a constant value. The steady-state value of the drawdown depends
        on the dimensionless distance to the boundary (i.e. relative to the
        wellbore radius).
March 1, 2018   14:33        Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in    b3114-ch04               page 67
                                                   Effect of Faults and Linear Boundaries   67
                    Figure 4.5. Wellbore pressure for a well near a vertical fault.
            Recall that the slope of Pw versus ln t was −μQ/4πkH for a well
        in an infinite reservoir. An impermeable linear boundary eventually
        causes an additional slope of −μQ/4πkH, leading to a total late-time
        slope of −μQ/2πkH. On the other hand, a constant-pressure linear
        boundary causes and “additional” slope of + μQ/4πkH, leading to a
        late-time slope of 0, as shown in Figure 4.5.
        Problems for Chapter 4
        Problem 4.1. As explained in Section 4.2, a doubling of the slope
        on a semi-log plot of drawdown versus time indicates the presence of
        an impermeable linear fault. The drawdown data can also be used
        to find the distance from the well to the fault, as follows. If we plot
        the data and then fit two straight lines through the early-time and
        late-time data, the time at which these lines intersect is called tDw .
        Show that the distance to the fault is then given by the equation
        d = (0.5615tDw )1/2 Rw .
        Problem 4.2. The curves in Figure 4.5 were drawn for the case
        d = 200Rw . What would the curves look like for the case of a fault
        located at a distance d = 400Rw ?
March 1, 2018   14:33        Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in   b3114-ch04   page 68
        68      Fluid Flow in Porous Media
        Problem 4.3. Consider a well located equidistant from two orthogo-
        nal boundaries, as in Figure 4.3, but imagine that the boundaries are
        constant-pressure boundaries, rather than impermeable boundaries.
        How would you utilise the method of images to find the drawdown
        in this well?
March 1, 2018   14:33   Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in   b3114-ch05       page 69
                                       Chapter 5
                  Wellbore Skin and Wellbore Storage
        In the line source solution that we have been discussing thus far,
        all effects associated with the borehole itself are actually ignored,
        and the borehole is idealised as an infinitely thin “line”. In this
        chapter, we will examine two physical phenomena associated with
        the borehole that necessitate a more detailed analysis of flow to a
        well. One of these phenomena is the existence of a zone of altered
        permeability around the borehole; the second is the effect of transient
        fluid storage within the borehole itself.
        5.1. Wellbore Skin Concept: Steady-state Model
        The solutions to the pressure diffusion equation that were presented
        in previous chapters were all based on the assumption that the
        permeability of the reservoir is uniform in space. However, it is often
        the case that the rock immediately surrounding the wellbore has a
        lower permeability than the remainder of the reservoir, for various
        reasons:
        (1) Infiltration of drilling mud into the formation, which clogs up
            the pores of the rock.
        (2) Swelling of clays in the formation due to contact with drilling
            fluid.
                                                 69
March 1, 2018   14:33        Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in   b3114-ch05             page 70
        70      Fluid Flow in Porous Media
                          Figure 5.1. “Skin” zone surrounding a wellbore.
        (3) Incomplete perforation of the wellbore casing, which causes the
            flowpaths of the fluid to be constricted as they approach the
            wellbore. This has an effect that is similar to that caused by a
            low-permeability zone near the wellbore.
            To account for these possibilities, we introduce the concept of
        “wellbore skin”, which can be thought of as a thin annular region
        surrounding the borehole in which the permeability ks is lower than
        that of the undamaged reservoir rock, as illustrated schematically in
        Figure 5.1. The permeability in this idealised composite reservoir is
        discontinuous, with k(R) given by
                                     Rw < R < Rs → k = ks ,                        (5.1.1)
                                     Rs < R < Ro → k = kR .                        (5.1.2)
            To quantify the effect of the wellbore skin, consider the steady-
        state radial flow model that was discussed in Section 1.4. The
        governing equation is the radial version of Darcy’s law
                                                  2πkH dP
                                          Q=          R    ,                       (5.1.3)
                                                    μ   dR
        where we use the convention that Q > 0 for production.
March 1, 2018   14:33        Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in     b3114-ch05               page 71
                                                       Wellbore Skin and Wellbore Storage   71
            We can separate the variables of Eq. (5.1.3), and then integrate
        from R = Rw to R = Ro , bearing in mind that k depends on R:
                                        1 dR    2πH
                                              =     dP
                                        k R      μQ
                            Rs           Ro          Po
                                  1 dR         1 dR        2πH
                                       +            =          dP
                           Rw     ks R     Rs kR R     Pw μQ
                              1      Rs    1     Ro    2πH
                                 ln     +     ln    =        (Po − Pw )
                             ks Rw        kR Rs         μQ
                                                   
                            1        Ro kR       Rs      2πH
                                  ln    +    ln       =        (Po − Pw )
                           kR        Rs   ks     Rw       μQ
                                                             
                 1       Ro          Rs   kR     Rs       Rs       2πH
                      ln     + ln       +    ln     − ln        =       (Po − Pw )
                kR       Rs          Rw   ks     Rw       Rw        μQ
                                                       
                   1         Ro Rs          kR          Rs       2πH
                        ln              +       − 1 ln        =       (Po − Pw )
                  kR         Rs Rw          ks          Rw        μQ
                                                                  
                        2πkR H(Po − Pw )          Ro       kR           Rs
                                             = ln     +        − 1 ln      .   (5.1.4)
                                 μQ               Rw       ks          Rw
            Equation (5.1.4) is identical to Eq. (1.4.3), except for the second
        term on the right-hand side. This excess dimensionless pressure drop,
        due to the presence of the skin effect, is denoted by s, in which case
        Eq. (5.1.4) can be written as
                                  2πkR H(Po − Pw )      Ro
                                                   = ln    + s.                       (5.1.5)
                                        μQ              Rw
        The effect of the skin is therefore to add an additional component to
        the pressure drawdown, over-and-above the drawdown that is due to
        the hydraulic resistance of the reservoir itself.
            The dimensional form of the pressure drawdown in the well can
        be written as
                                                          
                                        μQ         Ro
                          Pw = Po −             ln     +s ,           (5.1.6)
                                      2πkR H       Rw
                                                  
                                          kR            Rs
                            where s =         − 1 ln       .          (5.1.7)
                                           ks           Rw
March 1, 2018   14:33        Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in   b3114-ch05              page 72
        72      Fluid Flow in Porous Media
        The additional pressure drop caused by the skin is
                                                        μQs
                                           ΔPs =              .                     (5.1.8)
                                                       2πkR H
            Equation (5.1.7) shows that if the permeability in the damaged
        zone is reduced, or the thickness of the damaged zone is increased,
        the skin effect will increase. The value of the mechanical skin factor is
        usually less than 20. However, factors such as incomplete perforation
        of the well casing can lead to an “apparent skin factor” that may be
        as large as 300. On the other hand, well stimulation processes such as
        acidising can increase the near-wellbore permeability, and give rise
        to a negative skin factor. A practical lower limit to s is about −6.
            The wellbore skin effect is illustrated schematically in Figure 5.2,
        adapted from Pressure Transient Analysis by Stanislav and Kabir
        (1990).
            Another interpretation of the skin effect is based on the obser-
        vation that the effect of skin is the same as the effect of having a
        smaller wellbore radius, i.e. it reduces the flow, for a given pressure
        drawdown. Hence, we can write Eq. (5.1.6) as                                                              
                                       μQ        Ro
                        Pw = Po −             ln     − ln(e−s )
                                    2πkR H       Rw                                                       
                                       μQ          Ro
                            = Po −          ln
                                    2πkR H       Rw e−s
                  Figure 5.2. Effect of skin on the pressure drawdown near a well.
March 1, 2018   14:33   Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in           b3114-ch05              page 73
                                                  Wellbore Skin and Wellbore Storage        73
                                                                                                    μQ                    Ro
                           = Po −        ln                eff
                                                                     ,                 (5.1.9)
                                  2πkR H                  Rw
                                      eff
                               where Rw  = Rw e−s .                                   (5.1.10)
            The term Rw  eff can be thought of as the hypothetical wellbore
        radius, in an undamaged formation, that would lead to the same
        drawdown as is actually observed in the well that is surrounded by
        the damaged formation. However, this interpretation is potentially
        misleading, because in general it is not correct to merely replace the
        actual wellbore radius with the effective radius given in Eq. (5.1.10).
        This interpretation only applies to drawdown tests in an infinite
        reservoir.
        5.2. Effect of Wellbore Skin on Drawdown
             or Buildup Tests
        The preceding derivation was carried out under the steady-state
        assumption. However, the thickness of the skin region is usually
        small, and so transient effects due to the skin region will die out
        rapidly. The time required for “transient effects” to die out within
        the skin region can be estimated using Eq. (1.6.12), with the distance
        taken to be Rs :
                                               (φμc)s Rs2
                                       ts =               .                            (5.2.1)
                                                  4ks
        If we assume reasonable values of the parameters, such as φ ≈ 10−1 ,
        μ ≈ 10−3 Pa s, c ≈ 10−9 /Pa, Rs ≈ 100 m, and ks ≈ 10−15 m2 ,
        we find that ts ≈ 25 s. So, after a short period of time, the skin
        region will be in a quasi-steady regime. If the flow rate into the
        wellbore is constant, then the pressure drop through the skin region
        will be constant. Therefore, it is usually assumed that, even during
        a transient well test, the effect of the skin region is to contribute a
        constant, additional pressure drop in the wellbore, the magnitude of
        which is given by Eq. (5.1.8).
            For example, the drawdown in an infinite reservoir producing at
        a constant rate, with a skin region around the wellbore, is found by
March 1, 2018   14:33         Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in   b3114-ch05             page 74
        74      Fluid Flow in Porous Media
        adding the skin-related pressure drop given by Eq. (5.1.8), to the
        drawdown given by the line source solution:
                                                     2      
                                      μQ          φμcRw
                           Pw = Pi −        −Ei            + 2s ,                   (5.2.2)
                                     4πkH          4kt
        where we now revert to using k instead of kR to denote the reservoir
        permeability, since the skin-zone permeability ks has been absorbed
        into the skin factor, s.
            If t is large enough that the logarithmic approximation can be
        used for the Ei function, the drawdown will be given by                                                                     
                                   μQ           kt
                        Pw = Pi −       ln         2
                                                        +  0.80907 + 2s   ,         (5.2.3)
                                  4πkH       φμcRw                                                       
                                   μQ       2.246e2s kt
                or,     Pw = Pi −      ln          2
                                                          .                         (5.2.4)
                                  4πkH        φμcRw
        It is clear from Eq. (5.2.3) that the skin will have no effect on the
        semi-log slope of pressure versus ln t, but it will shift the entire
        drawdown curve downward by a constant amount.
             The skin factor can be found by proper interpretation of a
        pressure buildup test. Incorporating the skin effect into the equation
        for the buildup pressure, Eq. (3.2.5), gives
                                                                      
                      μQ         2.246e2s k(t + Δt)          2.246e2s kΔt
           Pw = Pi −       ln                2
                                                      − ln            2
                     4πkH             φμcRw                     φμcRw
                                     
                      μQ       t + Δt
         → Pw = Pi −      ln            .                             (5.2.5)
                     4πkH         Δt
        The two skin terms cancel out, and do not appear in the equation
        for the wellbore pressure.
            Now consider the difference between the wellbore pressure imme-
        diately before shut-in, which we will call Pw− , and the wellbore
        pressure a short time after shut-in, Pw+ . Using Eq. (5.2.4) for Pw− ,
March 1, 2018   14:33             Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in     b3114-ch05               page 75
                                                            Wellbore Skin and Wellbore Storage   75
        and Eq. (5.2.5) for Pw+ , we find
                                                                           
                                 μQ        t + Δt       μQ        2.246e2s kt
                Pw+ − Pw− = −         ln            +        ln          2
                                4πkH         Δt       4πkH          φμcRw
                                                                   
                               −μQ        t + Δt          2.246k
                             =       ln            − ln         2
                                                                    − 2s . (5.2.6)
                               4πkH         tΔt           φμcRw
        For times shortly after shut-in, Δt is small, and (t + Δt)/t ≈ 1, so
        Eq. (5.2.6) reduces to                                                                  
                                     μQ                 2.246k
                  Pw+   −   Pw−   =        ln Δt + ln        2
                                                                 + 2s ,                    (5.2.7)
                                    4πkH                φμcRw
        which provides an equation that can be solved for s.
           In practice, however, we cannot use the pressure at a time
        immediately after shut-in in Eq. (5.2.7), for several reasons:
        (a) Wellbore storage effects, (called “afterproduction” in the case
            of a buildup test), will cause the actual pressure drawdown
            measured in the borehole at reservoir depth to deviate from that
            predicted by the equations used above, for a certain period of
            time; see Section 5.3 below.
        (b) Equation (5.2.5) made use of the logarithmic approximation to
            the exponential integral function; this approximation is only
            valid after a sufficiently long time has elapsed after shut-in.
            It is traditional practice to use Eq. (5.2.7) with Pw+ evaluated
        after one-hour of shut-in time; this value was originally chosen
        because, when using “oilfield” units, ln Δt = ln 1 = 0 when Δt = 1 h.
        However, in many cases 1 h is not enough time for afterproduction
        to cease and radial flow to be established. Therefore, we must
        extrapolate the straight-line portion of the Horner plot back to
        Δt = 1 h, and use that pressure for Pw+ . Use of buildup data to
        estimate the skin factor is illustrated in more detail in the MSc course
        module on Well Test Analysis.
March 1, 2018   14:33        Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in            b3114-ch05             page 76
        76      Fluid Flow in Porous Media
        5.3. Wellbore Storage Phenomena
        The pressure drawdown is usually measured at reservoir depth in the
        borehole, whereas the flow rate is usually measured at the wellhead.
        The flow rate Q in our equations, however, refers to the “sandface”
        flow rate from the reservoir into the borehole, denoted by Qsf . In
        a quasi-steady situation, the measured wellhead flow rate will be
        identical to the influx from the reservoir.
            However, immediately after a change in flow rate, such as after
        the start of a drawdown test, or after flow is shut-in at the wellhead,
        these two flow rates will differ. The difference is due to the fact that
        the fluid in the borehole is compressing (or expanding) due to the
        changing pressure to which it is subjected.
            For example, imagine that we begin to withdraw fluid at time
        t = 0 at rate Qwh that is measured at the wellhead. Initially, the fluid
        that flows at the wellhead is taken mainly from the wellbore itself;
        only gradually does this fluid begin to be supplied by the reservoir.
        Eventually, the fluid in the wellbore reaches a quasi-steady state, and
        all of the flow measured at the wellhead does in fact emanate from
        the reservoir. After this time, Qwh = Qsf .
            Conversely, if a well that is producing at a constant rate is shut-in
        at the surface, fluid will continue to enter the borehole from the
        reservoir, even though it is not allowed to flow out at the wellhead.
        This additional fluid will be trapped within the wellbore; as the mass
        of the fluid in the wellbore increases, the wellbottom pressure will
        gradually increase. These two situations are illustrated in Figure 5.3,
        modified from p. 43 of Stanislav and Kabir (1990).
            We can begin to analyse the effect of wellbore storage by doing
        a mass balance on the fluid in the wellbore, along the lines of that
        given for the reservoir in Section 1.5. Assuming that the wellbore is
        completely filled with a single-phase liquid, then:
             Mass flux in − Mass flux out = rate of change of mass storage
                                                                      d(ρf Vw )
                            i.e.        ρf Qsf − ρf Qwh =                       ,           (5.3.1)
                                                                         dt
        where Vw is the volume of the wellbore.
March 1, 2018   14:33              Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in     b3114-ch05               page 77
                                                             Wellbore Skin and Wellbore Storage   77
                            Figure 5.3. Effect of wellbore storage on pressure tests.
           If we assume uniform pressure and uniform density of the fluid
        within the wellbore, we have
                                                       dρf      dρf dPw            dPw
                    ρf (Qsf − Qwh ) = Vw                   = Vw         = Vw ρf cf     ,
                                                        dt      dPw dt              dt
                                                   dPw      dPw
                → Qsf − Qwh = Vw cf                    ≡ Cs     ,                           (5.3.2)
                                                    dt       dt
        where Cs = Vw cf is the wellbore storage coefficient, and Vw is the
        total volume of fluid within the wellbore, from the wellbottom to the
        surface.
        Aside: If the wellbore is not fully filled with liquid, the appropriate
        expression for Cs can be found in the SPE monograph Advances in
        Well Test Analysis (Earlougher, 1977); see also Problem 5.1.
            At early times after the start of a drawdown test, Qwh = Q,
        where Q is the nominal flow rate, but Qsf ∼   = 0, so Eq. (5.3.2) takes
        the form
                                                                 dPw
                                                   −Q = Cs           .                      (5.3.3)
                                                                  dt
        Equation (5.3.3) can be integrated, using the initial condition that
        Pw = Pi when t = 0:
                           t                Pw (t)
                                Q                                                 Qt
                  −                dt =                dPw     →      Pw = Pi −      .      (5.3.4)
                        0       Cs         Pi                                     Cs
March 1, 2018   14:33          Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in     b3114-ch05             page 78
        78      Fluid Flow in Porous Media
            Equation (5.3.4) can be written in dimensionless form as follows.
        First, rewrite Eq. (5.3.4) in terms of the dimensionless pressure:
                                          2πkH(Pi − Pw )   2πkHQt
                               PDw =                     =        .                    (5.3.5)
                                              μQ            μQCs
        Now, express the right-hand side of Eq. (5.3.5) in terms of tDw :
                                          2πkHQ φμct Rw2t      tDw
                                                          Dw
                               PDw =                         ≡     ,                   (5.3.6)
                                           μQCs      k         CD
        where the dimensionless wellbore storage coefficient CD is defined by
                                                        Cs
                                            CD =             2
                                                               ,                       (5.3.7)
                                                     2πHφct Rw
        where ct is the total reservoir compressibility. Aside from the factor of
        2, CD is the ratio of the storativity of the fluid in the entire borehole,
        to the storativity of the rock that had occupied the borehole (in
        the reservoir, not including the overburden) before the borehole was
        drilled.
             On a log-log plot, Eq. (5.3.6) takes the form
                                                                 d ln PDw
                        ln PDw = ln tDw − ln CD ,            →            = 1.         (5.3.8)
                                                                 d ln tDw
        Therefore, a slope of unity occurring at early times on a log-log
        plot (dimensionless or not) of wellbore pressure versus time is an
        indication of a pressure response that is dominated by wellbore-
        storage effects, and not by the reservoir properties!
        5.4. Effect of Wellbore Storage on Well Tests
        The preceding analysis focused on fluid produced from wellbore
        storage, and neglected flow from the reservoir into the wellbore. In
        reality, fluid is supplied to the wellhead by wellbore storage at early
        times, but these effects gradually die out as the flow regime in the
        wellbore reaches a steady state.
            An analysis that includes contributions to the measured well-
        head flow rate from both wellbore storage and the reservoir, can be
March 1, 2018   14:33       Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in     b3114-ch05               page 79
                                                      Wellbore Skin and Wellbore Storage   79
        carried out by solving Eq. (2.1.1), with the inner boundary condition,
        Eq. (2.1.3), replaced by (see Eq. (5.3.2)):
                                                         
                        2πkH ∂P                          ∂P
                              R          = Qwh + Cs             .      (5.4.1)
                          μ     ∂R Rw                    ∂t Rw
        Note that the right-hand side is the sand-face flow rate, Qsf , which
        is the flow rate that must be used in Darcy’s law for the reservoir.
            This problem has been solved by Wattenbarger and Ramey
        (1970) using finite differences, and by Agarwal et al. (1970) using
        Laplace transforms. Their analyses show that there are three regimes
        of behaviour for a well in an infinite reservoir, with skin and wellbore
        storage effects:
        (a) An early-time regime that is dominated by wellbore storage,
            during which the drawdown is given by Eq. (5.3.6). The duration
            of this regime is defined by
                                       tDw < CD (0.04 + 0.02s).                      (5.4.2)
        (b) A transition regime during which both wellbore storage and
            reservoir inflow contribute to the wellhead flow rate. The dura-
            tion of this regime is defined by
                        CD (0.04 + 0.02s) < tDw < CD (60 + 3.5s).                    (5.4.3)
        (c) A third regime during which wellbore storage effects have died
            off, and the drawdown is given by Eq. (5.2.4). The duration of
            this regime is defined by
                                         tDw > CD (60 + 3.5s).                       (5.4.4)
            Criterion (5.4.4) can be used to estimate when the drawdown
        curve can be approximated by the logarithmic equation (5.2.4).
        During a buildup test, however, the time required in order to reach a
        “straight line” on the Horner plot is best estimated by the following
        equation (Chen and Brigham, 1978)
                                   tDw > 50CD exp(−0.14s).                           (5.4.5)
March 1, 2018   14:33        Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in   b3114-ch05   page 80
        80      Fluid Flow in Porous Media
                        Figure 5.4. Effect of wellbore storage on drawdown.
            The effect of wellbore storage on the pressure drawdown in the
        well is shown in very rough schematic form in Figure 5.4.
            Finally, it should be noted that wellbore storage effects during
        buildup tests can be eliminated by having the flow shut-in at the
        reservoir depth, rather than at the wellhead.
        Problem for Chapter 5
        Problem 5.1. Imagine a wellbore that is filled with liquid only up
        to some height h above the top of the reservoir. The liquid has
        density ρ. Even if this liquid were incompressible, a wellbore storage
        effect would still occur, due to the raising or lowering of the fluid
        column. Derive an expression for the wellbore storage coefficient Cs
        in this case.
March 1, 2018   14:33    Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in   b3114-ch06          page 81
                                        Chapter 6
                 Production From Bounded Reservoirs
        In this chapter, we will solve the pressure diffusion equation in
        finite reservoirs that are bounded by impermeable no-flow boundaries
        or by aquifers that provide constant-pressure boundaries. We start
        with a well at the centre of a circular reservoir, and then move on
        to consider reservoirs having more general shapes. The Boltzmann
        transformation that was used to develop the line source solution does
        not work in a bounded reservoir, and so we will use the method
        of eigenfunction expansions to relate the pressures and flow rates
        observed at the wellbore to physical parameters such as permeability,
        storativity and reservoir size/shape.
        6.1. Production From Bounded Reservoirs
             and/or Finite Drainage Areas
        Thus far, we have assumed that our wells are located in an infinite,
        or at least semi-infinite, reservoir. In reality, the reservoir is always of
        finite size, and the pressure disturbance will eventually reach some
        outer boundary that effectively encloses the reservoir. This outer
        boundary may be an “aquifer”, i.e. a vast expanse of water-filled
        rock that surrounds the hydrocarbon-filled reservoir. In this case,
        the appropriate outer boundary condition may be one of constant
        pressure.
            On the other hand, if a number of wells are producing from the
        same reservoir, each will drain fluid from only a finite region, and so
        each well will effectively behave as if it were surrounded by a no-flow
                                                  81
March 1, 2018   14:33        Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in   b3114-ch06      page 82
        82      Fluid Flow in Porous Media
                 Figure 6.1. Bounded reservoir containing several production wells.
        boundary, as illustrated in Figure 6.1. The effective drainage area of
        each well will depend on the production rate of that well, and of all
        nearby wells (Dake, 1978).
            Problems involving a well producing oil from a finite, bounded
        drainage area can be solved using either of two mathematical
        techniques: Laplace transforms, or eigenfunction expansions. Laplace
        transforms will be discussed in Chapter 7. In this chapter, we will
        use the method of eigenfunction expansions to solve the problem of
        a well located at the centre of a circular reservoir, with its outer
        boundary maintained at constant pressure, and with a constant
        wellbore pressure. This is not the most important example of a
        bounded-reservoir problem, but it will allow us to demonstrate the
        method of eigenfunction expansions in a (relatively) simple context.
            The first point to note is that the Boltzmann transformation,
        η = φμcR2 /kt, is not applicable in bounded-reservoir problems. The
        reason that the Boltzmann transformation “worked” in the infinite-
        reservoir case is that the initial condition, at t = 0, and the outer
        boundary condition, at R → ∞, both correspond to η → ∞, and
        both also correspond to the initial pressure, Pi . This “collapse” of
        two conditions into one allowed us to replace a second-order partial
        differential equation (PDE), which requires two boundary conditions
        + one initial condition = three conditions, with a second-order
        ordinary differential equation (ODE), which requires a total of only
        two boundary conditions.
            The collapse of the initial condition and the far-field boundary
        condition into one single boundary condition does not occur in the
March 1, 2018   14:33      Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in    b3114-ch06              page 83
                                                   Production From Bounded Reservoirs   83
        bounded-reservoir problem, because when R = Re , η still varies with
        time, and so does not correspond to any constant value at which a
        boundary condition can be imposed. More generally, a Boltzmann-
        type transformation will not work for a problem that contains a
        natural physical length scale, such as a wellbore radius or an outer
        radius; the problem of an infinitely small line source in an infinite
        reservoir had no natural length scale associated with it.
        6.2. Well at the Centre of a Circular Reservoir
             With Constant Pressure on Its Outer Boundary
             and Constant Wellbore Pressure
        Imagine that we have a well located at the centre of a circular
        reservoir, which is initially at some initial pressure Pi . At time t = 0,
        the pressure in the wellbore is immediately lowered to some value
        Pw , and it is thereafter maintained at that value (Figure 6.2). In
        contrast to previous problems, in which the flow rate was controlled,
        and we calculated the drawdown, in this problem the drawdown is
        specified, and we must calculate the flow rate. This problem can be
        stated mathematically as follows:                                                   
                                       1 d      dP       φμc dP
                 Governing PDE:               R        =         ,         (6.2.1)
                                      R dR      dR         k dt
                    BC at wellbore:        P (R = Rw , t) = Pw ,                  (6.2.2)
        Figure 6.2. Circular reservoir with constant-pressure inner and outer boundaries.
March 1, 2018   14:33           Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in        b3114-ch06              page 84
        84      Fluid Flow in Porous Media
                        BC at outer boundary: P (R = Re , t) = Pi ,                         (6.2.3)
                        Initial condition:                P (R, t = 0) = Pi .               (6.2.4)
            The first step in solving this problem is to simplify its appearance
        by introducing dimensionless variables. Define
                             Dimensionless radius:                 RD = R/Rw ,              (6.2.5)
                                                                            kt
                             Dimensionless time:                   tD =        2
                                                                                 ,          (6.2.6)
                                                                          φμcRw
                                                                          Pi − P
                             Dimensionless pressure: PD =                         .         (6.2.7)
                                                                          Pi − Pw
        The dimensionless time is defined here similarly to that used in
        the line source solution, with the well radius as the length scale.
        (To simplify the notation, in this chapter we will usually write
        tD . But in some cases, to show the connection with the infinite-
        reservoir problem, we will write the dimensionless time as tDw .) The
        dimensionless pressure is defined so that it equals 1 at the well, and
        always equals 0 at the outer boundary. Note that the production
        rate Q is a priori unknown, so we cannot define PD as we did
        before, in terms of Q. In terms of these dimensionless variables,
        Eqs. (6.2.1–6.2.4) take the form                                                      
                                      1 d          dPD       dPD
          Governing PDE:                        RD        =      ,    (6.2.8)
                                     RD dRD        dRD       dtD
             BC at wellbore:                     PD (RD = Rw /Rw = 1, tD ) = 1,             (6.2.9)
             BC at outer boundary: PD (RD = Re /Rw ≡ RDe , tD ) = 0,
                                                                   (6.2.10)
             Initial condition:                  PD (RD , tD = 0) = 0.                     (6.2.11)
            Next, we invoke the principle of superposition to break up the
        pressure into a steady-state part, PDs (RD ), and a transient part,
        pD (RD , tD ):
                          PD (RD , tD ) = PDs (RD ) + pD (RD , tD ).                       (6.2.12)
March 1, 2018   14:33         Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in    b3114-ch06              page 85
                                                      Production From Bounded Reservoirs   85
            By definition, the steady-state pressure function must satisfy
        Eq. (6.2.8), as well as both BCs, (6.2.9) and (6.2.10). The time
        derivative is zero for the steady-state part, by definition, so the
        governing differential equation for PDs (RD ) is Eq. (6.2.8), with the
        right-hand side set to zero. Therefore, as time is no longer relevant
        for the steady-state pressure, PDs (RD ) is governed by the following
        ODE:                                                          
                                        1 d           dPDs
             Governing ODE:                        RD        = 0,     (6.2.13)
                                       RD dRD         dRD
                BC at wellbore:                   PDs (RD = 1) = 1,                  (6.2.14)
                BC at outer boundary: PDs (RD = RDe ) = 0.                           (6.2.15)
           To find the steady-state pressure, we first integrate Eq. (6.2.13)
        once, using an indefinite integral, to obtain
                                           dPDs
                                     RD         = constant = B.                      (6.2.16)
                                           dRD
        Next, we separate the variables in Eq. (6.2.16) and integrate again:
                           P s (RD )         RD
                              D                     dRD
                                      dPDs =      B      +A
                                                    RD
                              → PDs (RD ) = B ln RD + A,                             (6.2.17)
        where A and B are constants of integration. Comparison of
        Eq. (6.2.17) with the boundary conditions (6.2.14) and (6.2.15)
        shows that A = 1 and B = −1/ ln RDe , and so Eq. (6.2.17) can be
        written as
                                            ln RD   − ln(RD /RDe )
                        PDs (RD ) = 1 −           =                .                 (6.2.18)
                                           ln RDe       ln RDe
        Note 1: The steady-state pressure satisfies the diffusion equation
        (6.2.8), and the boundary conditions (6.2.9, 6.2.10), but it does not
        satisfy the initial condition (6.2.11); this is why we also need the
        transient component of the pressure.
        Note 2: The steady-state pressure given by Eq. (6.2.18) is just the
        Thiem equation, Eq. (1.4.3), in dimensionless form!
March 1, 2018   14:33        Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in     b3114-ch06                page 86
        86      Fluid Flow in Porous Media
           If we now substitute Eq. (6.2.12) into Eqs. (6.2.8–6.2.11), and
        make use of Eq. (6.2.18), we see that the transient pressure function
        must satisfy the following equations:                                                        
                                      1 d           dpD      dpD
          Governing PDE:                        RD         =      , (6.2.19)
                                     RD dRD         dRD       dtD
             BC at wellbore:                   pD (RD = 1, tD ) = 0,                   (6.2.20)
             BC at outer boundary: pD (RD = RDe , tD ) = 0,                            (6.2.21)
                                                                      ln(RD /RDe )
             Initial condition:                pD (RD , tD = 0) =                  .
                                                                         ln RDe
                                                                                       (6.2.22)
             Thus far, we have transformed a diffusion equation with a non-
        zero BC, Eq. (6.2.9), and zero IC, Eq. (6.2.11), into a diffusion
        equation with zero BC and a non-zero IC, Eq. (6.2.22). We may
        not appear to be making progress, but in fact we are because the
        eigenfunction method requires “zero” boundary conditions, but does
        not require “zero” initial conditions.
             To solve Eqs. (6.2.19–6.2.22), we again make use of the superpo-
        sition principle, and first search for as many functions as we can find
        that each satisfy Eq. (6.2.19) and the BCs (6.2.20, 6.2.21); later,
        we will superpose these functions to satisfy the initial condition,
        Eq. (6.2.22). We proceed as follows:
        (a) Assume that these functions can be written in the form
                                     pD (RD , tD ) = F (RD )G(tD ).                    (6.2.23)
        (b) Insert Eq. (6.2.23) into Eq. (6.2.19) to find
                                                                        1 d           dF                dG
                  G(tD )              RD          = F (RD )     .                      (6.2.24)
                           RD dRD        dRD                dtD
        (c) Divide through by F (RD )G(tD ) to find
                                                                  1       d        dF         1 dG
                                    RD         =            .                          (6.2.25)
                   RD F (RD ) dRD      dRD       G(tD ) dtD
March 1, 2018   14:33             Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in            b3114-ch06              page 87
                                                          Production From Bounded Reservoirs           87
        (d) The left-hand side of Eq. (6.2.25) does not depend on tD , and
            the right-hand side does not depend on RD ; since they are equal
            to each other, they cannot depend on tD or on RD ! Hence, each
            side of Eq. (6.2.25) must equal a constant, which we call −λ2 :
                                         
                     1       d         dF        1 dG
                                   RD       =             = −λ2 . (6.2.26)
                RD F (RD ) dRD        dRD      G(tD ) dtD
        (e) The space-dependent part of Eq. (6.2.26) can be written as
                                                1 
                              F  (RD ) +        F (RD ) + λ2 F (RD ) = 0.                      (6.2.27)
                                               RD
        (f) We now make a change of variables x = λRD , after which
            Eq. (6.2.27) can be written as
                                                         1 
                                           F  (x) +      F (x) + F (x) = 0.                    (6.2.28)
                                                         x
            Equation (6.2.28) is known as a Bessel equation of order zero. It
        is a second-order ordinary differential equation, so it must have two
        independent solutions. One solution is easily found by assuming a
        power-series solution:
                                                           ∞                                                           
                                                F (x) =          an xn .                         (6.2.29)
                                                           n=0
        If we insert Eq. (6.2.29) into Eq. (6.2.28), we find
                ∞
                                                  ∞
                                                                          ∞                                                                           
                                        n−2                    n−2
                        n(n − 1)an x           +         nan x       +           an xn = 0.      (6.2.30)
                n=0                                n=0                     n=0
            In order to have x appear to the nth power in each term, so
        that we can easily add them together, we let n → n + 2 in the
        first two series (which is permissible, because n is just a “dummy
        index”), which, after combining the first two series and taking the
        “unmatched” terms outside of the series, leads to
                                               ∞                                               
                         −2           −1
                 0a0 x        + a1 x       +         [(n + 2)2 an+2 + an ]xn = 0.                (6.2.31)
                                               n=0
March 1, 2018   14:33        Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in        b3114-ch06              page 88
        88      Fluid Flow in Porous Media
        The coefficient of each power of x in Eq. (6.2.31) must be zero. The
        x−2 term already has a pre-factor of zero, so it will vanish regardless
        of the choice of a0 ; we therefore may as well pick
                                                  a0 = 1.                               (6.2.32)
        In order for the x−1 term to vanish, we must pick
                                                  a1 = 0.                               (6.2.33)
        For all higher-order terms to vanish, Eq. (6.2.31) shows that the
        coefficients must satisfy the following recursion relationship
                                                         −an
                                           an+2 =               .                       (6.2.34)
                                                       (n + 2)2
        This recursion relationship allows us to generate all subsequent
        coefficients, starting with the first two coefficients, which are given
        by Eqs. (6.2.32) and (6.2.33). For example, with n = 0, Eq. (6.2.34)
        generates a2 = −a0 /4 = −1/4. In this manner, we find:
                            a3 = a5 = a7 = · · · = 0,                                   (6.2.35)
                                    −1                 1               −1
                            a2 =       ,      a4 =       ,     a6 =        ··· .        (6.2.36)
                                    4                 64              2304
            The solution to Eq. (6.2.28) that is given by Eqs. (6.2.29), (6.2.35)
        and (6.2.36) is known as the Bessel function of the first kind, of order
        zero, and is denoted by J0 (x):
                                         x2 x4   x6
                        J0 (x) = 1 −       +   −     + ··· ,
                                         4   64 2304
                                            x2       x4         x6
                   or   J0 (x) = 1 −             +         −          + · · · , (6.2.37)
                                         22 (1!)2 24 (2!)2   26 (3!)2
        where n! ≡ 1 × 2 × 3 × · · · × n is the factorial function.
            The function J0 (x) is similar to a damped cosine function
        (see Figure 6.3.). It “starts” at J0 (0) = 1, oscillates, but not
        quite periodically, and then slowly decays to zero according to a
                                    √
        factor proportional to 1/ x. Specifically (see A Treatise on the
March 1, 2018   14:33      Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in                     b3114-ch06              page 89
                                                               Production From Bounded Reservoirs        89
                                             1.0
                                             0.5
                           Jo(x) or Yo(X)
                                             0.0
                                            –0.5                              Jo(x)
                                                                              Yo(x)
                                            –1.0
                                                0      2        4         6    8       10
                                                                     X
                           Figure 6.3. Bessel functions of order zero.
        Theory of Bessel Functions, Watson (1944), or almost any book on
        advanced applied mathematics), for large values of x, this function
        is approximately given by                                 	
                             2         π
                 J0 (x) ≈      cos x −       as x → ∞.              (6.2.38)
                            πx         4
            The derivation of the second independent solution to Eq. (6.2.28)
        requires a somewhat lengthier procedure (which will not be given
        here) because this second solution is not analytic, i.e. it is not a pure
        power series. This solution, called the Bessel function of the second
        kind, of order zero, is defined by
                                             2  (−1)n hn 	 x 
2n
                                               ∞
                         2 ln(γx/2)
                Y0 (x) =            J0 (x) −                      ,                                (6.2.39)
                              π              π     (n!)2    2
                                                                    n=1
        where γ ≈ 1.781, and
                                                               1        1
                                                    hn = 1 +     + ··· + .                         (6.2.40)
                                                               2        n
            This function becomes infinitely negative as x → 0, due to the
        ln x term, then oscillates in a manner similar to J0 (x), and eventually
        decays to zero according to (Figure 6.3)                                     	
                                2          π
                  Y0 (x) ≈        sin x −        as x → ∞.              (6.2.41)
                               πx          4
March 1, 2018   14:33        Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in   b3114-ch06              page 90
        90      Fluid Flow in Porous Media
           The general solution to Eq. (6.2.28) can be written as a linear
        combination of these two kinds of Bessel functions:
                                    F (x) = AJ0 (x) + BY0 (x),                     (6.2.42)
        where these two constants A and B are unrelated to the constants
        that appeared in Eq. (6.2.17). Recalling that x = λRD , we can say
        that the function
                              F (RD ) = AJ0 (λRD ) + BY0 (λRD )                    (6.2.43)
        will be a solution to Eq. (6.2.28) for any value of λ. (Recall that
        the general solution to a second-order ODE contains two arbitrary
        constants, in this case A and B.)
            However, Eq. (6.2.43) will satisfy the boundary conditions
        (6.2.20) and (6.2.21) only for certain special values of λ, which we
        will now find. Insertion of Eq. (6.2.43) into BCs (6.2.20) and (6.2.21)
        yields
                                  AJ0 (λ) + BY0 (λ) = 0,                           (6.2.44)
                                  AJ0 (λRDe ) + BY0 (λRDe ) = 0.                   (6.2.45)
        These two equations can be written in matrix form as
                                                                         J0 (λ)     Y0 (λ)    A       0
                                                   =     .                         (6.2.46)
                        J0 (λRDe ) Y0 (λRDe ) B        0
        In order for Eq. (6.2.46) to have non-zero solutions for A and B, the
        determinant of the matrix must be zero, i.e.
                            J0 (λ)Y0 (λRDe ) − Y0 (λ)J0 (λRDe ) = 0.               (6.2.47)
            The values of λ that satisfy Eq. (6.2.47) are called the eigenvalues
        of this problem. They will depend on the dimensionless size of the
        reservoir, RDe = Re /Rw . It can be proven that there are an infinite
        number of eigenvalues, and they can be arranged in order as
                                 0 < λ1 < λ2 < · · · < λn → ∞.                     (6.2.48)
March 1, 2018   14:33         Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in       b3114-ch06              page 91
                                                      Production From Bounded Reservoirs      91
        Each of these eigenvalues generates its own eigenfunction,
        Eq. (6.2.43):
                        Fn (RD ) = An J0 (λn RD ) + Bn Y0 (λn RD ).                     (6.2.49)
        From Eq. (6.2.44), we see that An and Bn are related by
                                                    −An J0 (λn )
                                           Bn =                  ,                      (6.2.50)
                                                     Y0 (λn )
        and so Eq. (6.2.49) can be written as
                                                            J0 (λn )
                  Fn (RD ) = An J0 (λn RD ) − An                     Y0 (λn RD )
                                                            Y0 (λn )
                                   An
                             =            [Y0 (λn )J0 (λn RD ) − J0 (λn )Y0 (λn RD )]
                                 Y0 (λn )
                             = Cn [Y0 (λn )J0 (λn RD ) − J0 (λn )Y0 (λn RD )],          (6.2.51)
        where Cn is just another name for An /Y0 (λn ), and the functions
        inside the brackets are called the eigenfunctions of this problem.
        Note that at this stage, we do not yet know the values of the
        constants Cn .
            We now return to the time-dependent part of the solution, which,
        according to Eq. (6.2.26), must satisfy
                                          dGn
                                              = −λ2n Gn (tD ).                          (6.2.52)
                                          dtD
        The solution to Eq. (6.2.52) is
                                                                2
                                           Gn (tD ) = e−λn tD .                         (6.2.53)
        Note that we do not need an arbitrary constant of integration for
        Gn (tD ), since the function Fn (RD ) already includes an arbitrary
        constant, as seen in Eq. (6.2.51), and eventually these two functions
        will be multiplied together.
            Recalling Eq. (6.2.23), the most general solution that satisfies
        the diffusion equation (6.2.19) and the BCs (6.2.20, 6.2.21) is
March 1, 2018   14:33          Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in       b3114-ch06              page 92
        92      Fluid Flow in Porous Media
        given by
                               ∞
                                                                                          2
          pD (RD , tD ) =            Cn [Y0 (λn )J0 (λn RD ) − J0 (λn )Y0 (λn RD )]e−λn tD .
                               n=1
                                                                                         (6.2.54)
           All that remains now is to satisfy the initial condition,
        Eq. (6.2.22). Evaluating Eq. (6.2.54) at tD = 0, and invoking
        Eq. (6.2.22), yields
                ∞
                                                                             ln(RD /RDe )
                      Cn [Y0 (λn )J0 (λn RD ) − J0 (λn )Y0 (λn RD )] =                     .
                n=1
                                                                                 ln RDe
                                                                                        (6.2.55)
        The constants Cn must be chosen so that Eq. (6.2.55) is satisfied
        for all values of RD . This can be done using the orthogonality
        properties of eigenfunctions, as is shown in Chapter 10 of The Flow
        of Homogeneous Fluids through Porous Media (Muskat, 1937). The
        result, skipping the details, is
                                               πJ0 (λn )J0 (λn RDe )
                                      Cn =                              .                (6.2.56)
                                              J02 (λn ) − J02 (λn RDe )
            We now combine the transient and steady-state pressures to find,
        from Eqs. (6.2.12), (6.2.18), (6.2.54) and (6.2.56), the full expression
        for the pressure as a function of R and t:
         PD (RD , tD )
                                             ∞
                      − ln(RD /RDe )  πJ0 (λn )J0 (λn RDe )                  2
                 =                  +     2         2           Un (λn RD )e−λn tD ,
                          ln RDe         J (λn ) − J0 (λn RDe )
                                      n=1 0
                                                                                         (6.2.57)
        where Un (λn RD ) = Y0 (λn )J0 (λn RD ) − J0 (λn )Y0 (λn RD ).
            This completes the solution to this problem. The dimensional
        values can be found by recalling Eqs. (6.2.5–6.2.7).
            The flow rate into the well can be found by differentiating the
        pressure, and applying Darcy’s law at the wellbore. A detailed
        analysis of the flow rate would show that at early times it is
        proportional to t−1/2 , and then gradually approaches a steady-state
        value given by the Thiem equation, Eq. (1.4.3).
March 1, 2018   14:33       Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in    b3114-ch06              page 93
                                                    Production From Bounded Reservoirs   93
        Figure 6.4. Circular reservoir with constant flow rate into well, constant pressure
        at outer boundary.
        6.3. Well at the Centre of a Circular Reservoir With
             Constant Pressure on Its Outer Boundary and
             Constant Flow Rate into the Wellbore
        Consider a well at the centre of a circular reservoir, producing
        fluid at a constant rate, with the pressure at the outer boundary
        maintained at the initial pressure at all times (Figure 6.4). The
        mathematical formulation of this problem is equivalent to that
        discussed in Section 6.2, except that the inner BC, Eq. (6.2.2) is
        replaced by                                                 
                                       2πkH dP
                    BC at wellbore:          R           = Q,      (6.3.1)
                                         μ     dR R=Rw
        where we take Q > 0 if the fluid flows into the borehole.
            This problem can also be solved using the method of eigenfunc-
        tion expansions, as in the previous section. The solution is (Muskat,
        1937, p. 643)
                                       ∞
                                RD            πJ02 (λn RDe )Un (λn RD ) −λ2n tD
        ΔPD (RD , tD ) = − ln         −                                    e       ,
                                RDe          λ [J 2 (λn RDe ) − J12 (λn )]
                                         n=1 n 0
                                                                             (6.3.2)
        where the eigenfunctions Un are given by
                 Un (λn RD ) = Y1 (λn )J0 (λn RD ) − J1 (λn )Y0 (λn RD ),          (6.3.3)
March 1, 2018   14:33        Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in       b3114-ch06              page 94
        94      Fluid Flow in Porous Media
        and the eigenvalues λn are defined implicitly by
             Un (λn RDe ) = Y1 (λn )J0 (λn RDe ) − J1 (λn )Y0 (λn RDe ) = 0.            (6.3.4)
        The functions J1 and Y1 are Bessel functions of order one, of the
        first and second kind, respectively, and are defined by
                                          dJ0 (x)                     dY0 (x)
                           J1 (x) ≡ −             ,      Y1 (x) ≡ −           .         (6.3.5)
                                            dx                          dx
        The dimensionless variables in Eq. (6.3.2) are defined by
                Dimensionless radius:                 RD = R/Rw ,                       (6.3.6)
                                                                kt
                Dimensionless time:                   tD =         2
                                                                     ,                  (6.3.7)
                                                              φμcRw
                                                                  2πkH(Pi − P )
                Dimensionless drawdown: ΔPD =                                   .       (6.3.8)
                                                                      μQ
            The pressure in the wellbore, ΔPD (tD ), is found by setting RD =
        1 in Eq. (6.3.2), and then making use of the following Bessel-function
        identity (Muskat, 1937, p. 631):
                                                                      −2
                                Y1 (x)J0 (x) − J1 (x)Y0 (x) =            .              (6.3.9)
                                                                      πx
        The result is (Matthews and Russell, 1967, p. 12)
                                             ∞
                                                                        2
                                                   2J02 (λn RDe )e−λn tD
                ΔPDw (tD ) = ln RDe +                                          .       (6.3.10)
                                                λ2 [J 2 (λn RDe ) − J12 (λn )]
                                             n=1 n 0
            A detailed (but mathematically cumbersome) analysis of this
        solution would show that at early times, the pressure agrees with that
        given by the Theis line source solution. This is to be expected because
        at early times the pressure pulse will not yet have reached the outer
        boundary of the reservoir, and so the finite-reservoir solution should
        coincide with the infinite-reservoir solution. Eventually, the wellbore
        reaches a steady-state pressure (see Figure 6.6) that is equivalent to
        that which occurs in the Thiem problem.
March 1, 2018   14:33       Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in    b3114-ch06               page 95
                                                    Production From Bounded Reservoirs   95
        Figure 6.5. Circular reservoir with constant flow rate into borehole, and no flow
        across the outer boundary.
        Figure 6.6. Well at the centre of a circular reservoir, with constant flow rate into
        the wellbore.
        6.4. Well at the Centre of a Circular Reservoir
             With a No-flow Outer Boundary and Constant
             Flow Rate into the Wellbore
        The problem of a well at the centre of a circular reservoir with a
        no-flow outer boundary and constant flow rate into the wellbore
        (Figure 6.5) is similar to the problem treated in Section 6.3, except
        that the outer BC is now replaced by                                                       
                                             2πkH dP
                 BC at outer boundary:            R            = 0. (6.4.1)
                                               μ    dR R=Re
March 1, 2018   14:33        Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in       b3114-ch06                 page 96
        96      Fluid Flow in Porous Media
            The solution to this problem was found by Muskat (1937) using
        the eigenfunction method, and was re-derived by van Everdingen
        and Hurst (1949), using Laplace transforms (see Chapter 7). The
        solution is
                                      2                           
                                1      RD               2
           ΔPD (RD , tD ) = 2               + 2tD − RDe ln RD
                            RDe − 1 2
                               4            4 ln R           2      
                                3RDe − 4RDe         De − 2RDe − 1
                            −                  2 − 1)2
                                            4(RDe
                              ∞
                                    πJ12 (λn RDe )Un (λn RD ) −λ2n tD
                            +                                    e     , (6.4.2)
                                   λ [J 2 (λn RDe ) − J12 (λn )]
                              n=1 n 1
        where the eigenfunctions Un are given by
                 Un (λn RD ) = J1 (λn )Y0 (λn RD ) − Y1 (λn )J0 (λn RD ),                  (6.4.3)
        the eigenvalues λn are defined implicitly by
                         J1 (λn )Y1 (λn RDe ) − Y1 (λn )J1 (λn RDe ) = 0,                  (6.4.4)
        and the dimensionless variables are defined as in Section 6.3.
            Because of the importance of this problem, we will examine this
        solution in detail. The pressure in the wellbore is found by setting
        RD = 1 in Eq. (6.4.2), and again using Eq. (6.3.9) to simplify                                                
                                  1      1
                 ΔPDw (tD ) = 2            + 2tD
                              RDe − 1 2
                                  4         4 ln R         2     
                                  3RDe − 4RDe       De − 2RDe − 1
                              −                 2 − 1)2
                                            4(RDe
                                         ∞
                                                                     2
                                               2J12 (λn RDe )e−λn tD
                                     +                                     .               (6.4.5)
                                            λ2 [J 2 (λn RDe ) − J12 (λn )]
                                         n=1 n 1
        In most cases of practical interest, RDe  1, and Eq. (6.4.5) can
        effectively be written as
                                                             ∞
                                          3  2J12 (λn RDe )e−λn tD
                                                                                       2
                            2tD
             ΔPDw (tD ) =     2 + ln RDe − +                                    .
                            RDe           4 n=1 λ2n [J12 (λn RDe ) − J12 (λn )]
                                                                           (6.4.6)
March 1, 2018   14:33      Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in    b3114-ch06              page 97
                                                   Production From Bounded Reservoirs   97
        There are three important time regimes in this problem:
        (a) A regime in which tD (henceforth denoted by tDw ) is sufficiently
            large that the logarithmic approximation to the line source
            solution is valid, but for which the leading edge of the pressure
            pulse has not yet reached the outer boundary of the reservoir.
            From Eq. (2.4.7) and Figure 2.3, we find that this regime is
            defined by
                                                         2
                                          25 < tDw < 0.1RDe .                      (6.4.7)
            As we would expect, Eq. (6.4.5) reduces to the line source
            solution, Eq. (2.4.10), during this time regime, although this is
            not obvious from Eq. (6.4.5), or easy to prove.
        (b) A second regime that is “late” enough that the presence of the
            closed outer boundary is felt at the well, but still early enough
            that the exponential terms in Eq. (6.4.6) have not yet died
            out. The start of this regime is given by the upper bound in
            Eq. (6.4.7); it ends when tDw ≈ 0.3RDe 2 (see Problem 6.1). This
            regime is therefore defined by
                                          2              2
                                      0.1RDe < tDw < 0.3RDe .                      (6.4.8)
            In this regime we must use the entire series in Eq. (6.4.6) to
            calculate the wellbore pressure, and the ΔPDw (tDw ) curve has
            no simple description.
        (c) A third regime that is late enough such that the exponential
            terms in Eq. (6.4.6) have effectively died out. This regime is
            defined by
                                                        2
                                              tDw > 0.3RDe .                       (6.4.9)
                In this regime, the wellbore drawdown is given by
                                                 2tDw           3
                                   ΔPDw =          2  + ln RDe − .                (6.4.10)
                                                 RDe            4
            Note: These regimes have been given various names in
        the petroleum engineering literature, such as early-transient,
        intermediate, late-transient, pseudo-steady-state, semi-steady-state,
        steady-state, etc. There is no consistent usage of these terms, and
March 1, 2018   14:33        Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in    b3114-ch06              page 98
        98      Fluid Flow in Porous Media
        many of them are mathematically incorrect. We will refer to the first
        regime as the “infinite reservoir” regime, the second as the “transition
        regime”, and the last as the “finite reservoir” regime.
            An important feature of the finite reservoir regime is that the
        pressure in the well declines linearly with time. The rate of pressure
        decline can be used to find the drainage area of the well, as follows.
        First, rewrite Eq. (6.4.10) in terms of the actual variables, rather
        than the dimensionless variables, so that the pressure at the well is
        given by                                                           
                              Qμ        2kt          Re     3
               Pw (t) = Pi −                  + ln        −     .      (6.4.11)
                             2πkH φμcRe2             Rw     4
        Now take the derivative of Pw with respect to t:
                            dPw     Qμ   2k       −Q
                                =−     ·    2
                                              =          .                          (6.4.12)
                             dt    2πkH φμcRe   πRe2 Hφc
        The rate of change of the late-time well pressure can therefore be
        used to find the radius of the drainage area, or, equivalently, the
        drainage area A, i.e.
                                                 1/2
                                        −Q
                             Re =                      ,          (6.4.13)
                                    πHφc(dPw /dt)
                                                          −Q
                                    A = πRe2 =                     .                (6.4.14)
                                                      φcH(dPw /dt)
           Equation (6.4.12) can also be “derived” in the following simpler
        way, by doing a mass balance on the oil in the reservoir:
        (a) Imagine that the entire reservoir is at a uniform pressure, P (i.e.
            a zero-dimensional model, so to speak).
        (b) Let M = ρV φ be the total amount of oil in the reservoir.
        (c) Following the line of reasoning of Section 1.6, the change on the
            mass of oil contained in the reservoir is related to the change in
            pressure by
                                              dM           dP
                                                  = ρV φct    .                     (6.4.15)
                                               dt          dt
March 1, 2018   14:33   Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in    b3114-ch06              page 99
                                                Production From Bounded Reservoirs   99
        (d) −dM/dt is the mass flow rate out of the reservoir, and Q is the
            volumetric flow rate, so dM/dt = −ρQ, in which case
                                                           dP
                                          −Q = V φc           .                (6.4.16)
                                                           dt
        (e) The volume of the reservoir is V = πRe2 H, so Eq. (6.4.16) is
            equivalent to Eq. (6.4.12)!
            The dimensionless wellbore pressure for a well located at the
        centre of a bounded circular reservoir is plotted from Eq. (6.4.6)
        in Figure 6.6, for various values of the dimensionless reservoir size,
        RDe = Re /Rw . Also shown is the wellbore pressure for the case of
        constant flow rate into the borehole and constant pressure at the
        outer boundary, from Eq. (6.3.10). Note that:
        • In accordance with Eq. (6.4.7), the semi-log straight line begins at
          about tDw = 25.
        • In accordance with Eq. (6.4.8), the “infinite reservoir” regime ends
          when tDw = 0.1RDe2 .
        For example, when RDe = 1,000, the curve begins to deviate from
                                                      2 = 1 × 105 .
        the semi-log straight line at about tDw = 0.1RDe
        6.5. Non-circular Drainage Regions
        If the drainage region is not circular, and/or the well is not located
        at the centre, then the problem treated in Section 6.4 is more
        difficult to solve. If the drainage region is bounded by a polygon,
        as would occur if the reservoir was bounded by a set of linear
        faults, then the problem can be solved by superposing solutions from
        appropriately located image wells, as in Section 4.3. For example,
        an infinite array of production image wells arranged on a square
        lattice will create a square reservoir that is bounded by four no-flow
        boundaries. Examples of this type of analysis can be found in the
        monograph Well Testing in Heterogeneous Formations by Streltsova
        (1988).
            Without going into the details of this analysis, the following can
        be said about a well producing from within a non-circular drainage
March 1, 2018   14:33      Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in   b3114-ch06             page 100
        100     Fluid Flow in Porous Media
        region. There is an “infinite reservoir” regime, during which the
        pressure pulse has not yet reached any portion of the outer boundary.
        The duration of this regime can be calculated using Eq. (1.6.11), if
        the geometry of the drainage area and the location of the well are
        known. During this regime,
                                             1
                               ΔPDw =          [ln(tDw ) + 0.80907].             (6.5.1)
                                             2
        In this regime, the overall shape of the reservoir is irrelevant, and the
        drawdown is the same as that which would occur in an unbounded
        reservoir.
            At sufficiently long times, the mass-balance argument presented
        in Section 6.4 must hold, and so the rate at which the wellbore
        drawdown changes must be given by Eq. (6.4.12), with Re2 replaced by
        A/π. Hence, an equation of the same form as Eq. (6.4.10) must hold
        for the drawdown, except that the constant term may be different.
        The duration of this regime is roughly given by Eq. (6.4.9), again with
        Re2 replaced by A/π, although the start of this regime is delayed if
        the well is located off-centre of the drainage region by an appreciable
        amount. During this regime, the dimensionless wellbore drawdown is
        traditionally written in the following form:                                                           
                                             1        4A
                          ΔPDw = 2πtDA + ln            2C
                                                               ,           (6.5.2)
                                             2      γRw   A
        where γ = 1.781, CA is a dimensionless constant known as the “Dietz
        shape factor” (Dietz, 1965), and tDA is a dimensionless time based
        on the drainage area:
                                                       kt
                                            tDA =          .                     (6.5.3)
                                                      φμcA
            Comparison of Eq. (6.5.2) with Eq. (6.4.10) reveals that, for a
        well at the centre of a circular reservoir,
                                                 4π
                                     CA =             = 31.62.                   (6.5.4)
                                               γe−3/2
March 1, 2018   14:33        Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in   b3114-ch06              page 101
                                                   Production From Bounded Reservoirs   101
                   Figure 6.7. Dietz shape factors for various reservoir geometries.
        The shape factor tends to decrease as the drainage area becomes
        more non-circular, or as the location of the well becomes more
        off-centre. Shape factors for numerous geometries can be found on
        p. 111 of Matthews and Russell (1967); a few cases are shown in
        Figure 6.7.
        Problems for Chapter 6
        Problem 6.1. Starting with the expression for the pressure draw-
        down, Eq. (6.4.6), show that the transition regime for a closed
        circular reservoir with constant production rate ends when t ≈
        0.3φμcRe2 /k.
        Hints:
        (a) e−x ≈ 0 when x > 4, so all terms in the series will be negligible
            when λ2n tD > 4 for all n.
        (b) When RDe is large, the first eigenvalue, λ1 , defined as the
            smallest value of λ that satisfies Eq. (6.4.4), is very small. This
March 1, 2018   14:33      Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in   b3114-ch06    page 102
        102     Fluid Flow in Porous Media
            fact should help you to estimate the value of λ1 as a function of
            RDe , by making the reasonable assumption that λ1 is inversely
            proportional to RDe .
        (c) Make use of Eqs. (6.2.37), (6.2.39), (6.2.48) and Figure 6.3.
        Problem 6.2. Starting with Eq. (6.4.2), calculate the average
        pressure in the reservoir during the finite reservoir regime, tDw ≡
                  2 , as a function of time. Is your result consistent with the
        tD > 0.3RDe
        mass-balance that is embodied in Eq. (6.4.16)?
        Problem 6.3. Starting with Eq. (6.3.2), calculate the average
        pressure in a circular reservoir with a constant-pressure outer
        boundary, during the late-time regime in which all of the exponential
        terms have died out. Use this result to find an equation for the
        well productivity, which relates the production rate to the difference
        between the average reservoir pressure and the pressure at the well.
March 1, 2018   14:33   Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in   b3114-ch07       page 103
                                       Chapter 7
                Laplace Transform Methods in Reservoir
                              Engineering
        The most widely used method for solving the pressure diffusion
        equation, for different reservoir geometries and different boundary
        conditions, is the method of Laplace transforms. Using this approach,
        the partial differential diffusion equation is transformed into an
        ordinary differential equation, in the “Laplace domain”, which in
        general is straightforward to solve. The solution in the Laplace
        domain is then transformed back into the “time domain”, using well-
        known analytical or numerical algorithms.
            In this chapter, we will introduce the Laplace transform method,
        present many of the useful properties of the Laplace transform that
        facilitate its use in solving the pressure diffusion equation, and
        then give an example of its use in solving an important reservoir
        engineering problem: flow to well containing a vertical hydraulic
        fracture. Finally, the concept of convolution, introduced in Chapter 3,
        will be shown to have a particularly simple and elegant form when
        expressed in the Laplace domain.
        7.1. Introduction to Laplace Transforms
        The diffusion equation for fluid flow in a porous medium, in the
        linearised form that was derived in Chapter 1 and used thus far in
        these notes, is a linear partial differential equation (PDE). As such,
        many of the classical methods of applied mathematics can be used
                                                 103
March 1, 2018   14:33      Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in   b3114-ch07    page 104
        104     Fluid Flow in Porous Media
        to solve it. In Section 2.1, we used the Boltzmann transformation
        to solve the problem of a single, fully penetrating well in an
        infinite, homogeneous reservoir. We then learned in Section 6.1
        that this method is only applicable to problems in unbounded
        reservoirs.
            In Chapter 6, we used the method of eigenfunction expansions
        to solve problems involving a well in a circular reservoir. Although
        the method of eigenfunction expansions is the most widely used
        method in applied mathematics, and was used by Muskat (1937)
        in his monumental book The Flow of Homogeneous Fluids Through
        Porous Media, since the 1940s, reservoir engineers have tended to
        solve the pressure diffusion equation using Laplace transforms.
            The method of Laplace transforms allows us to transform linear
        PDEs, which are generally difficult to solve, into linear ordinary
        differential equations (ODEs), which can be solved in essentially all
        cases. Specifically, the function P (R, t), which satisfies a PDE, is                                                         
        formally transformed into a different function P (R, s), which satisfies
        an ODE, where s is a Laplace variable that plays the role of a
        parameter (since no derivatives are taken with respect to s). This                                         
        ODE is then solved to find P (R, s). The most difficult part of
        the method of Laplace transforms is the process of “inverting” the
        function from the “Laplace domain” back into the “time domain”,
        to recover P (R, t). This last step can be achieved either by contour
        integration in the complex plane, or by numerical integration along
        the real axis, as will be explained below.
            In this section, we present the definition of the Laplace transform,
        along with a few of its more important properties. A fuller treatment
        can be found in essentially any textbook on applied mathematics.
        Three books that are devoted exclusively to Laplace (and related)
        transforms are as follows:
        (1) R. V. Churchill (1958) Operational Mathematics, McGraw-Hill.
        (2) H. Carslaw and J. C. Jaeger (1949) Operational Methods in
            Applied Mathematics, Oxford University Press.
        (3) C. J. Tranter (1971) Integral Transforms in Mathematical
            Physics, Chapman & Hall.
March 1, 2018   14:33         Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in            b3114-ch07                    page 105
                                Laplace Transform Methods in Reservoir Engineering                     105
        Definition: If we have a function f (t), its Laplace transform is
        defined by                                   
                                            ∞
                        L{f (t)} ≡ f (s) ≡     f (t)e−st dt.       (7.1.1)
                                                                  0                                                          
        Both notations, L{f (t)} and f (s), are useful, depending on the
        context. In the general theory of Laplace transforms, the parameter
        s must be regarded as a complex variable, but for our purposes we
        can usually think of it as a real number.
           If we have a function of two variables, such as P (R, t), we can
        define its Laplace transform in the same manner:
                                        ∞                            
                            P (R, s) ≡      P (R, t)e−st dt.         (7.1.2)
                                                          0
        Note that the Laplace transform is taken with respect to the time
        variable, not the spatial variable. To simplify the notation, we will
        usually suppress the R variable when discussing the general theory.
             The Laplace transform operator L is a linear operator, because
        it follows directly from definition (7.1.1) that
                       ∞                 ∞
                                  −st
          L{cf (t)} =      cf (t)e dt = c     f (t)e−st dt = cL{f (t)}, (7.1.3)
                          0                                   0
                                                     ∞
                    L{f1 (t) + f2 (t)} =                  [f1 (t) + f2 (t)]e−st dt
                                                  0
                                                     ∞                        ∞
                                          =               f1 (t)e−st dt +           f2 (t)e−st dt
                                                  0                         0
                                          = L{f1 (t)} + L{f2 (t)}.                                  (7.1.4)
            The most important property of the Laplace transform is that
        differentiation in the time domain essentially corresponds to multi-
        plication by s in the Laplace domain. To prove this, consider the
        Laplace transform of the time derivative of f (t):
                                         ∞                                 
                             L{f (t)} ≡     f  (t)e−st dt.          (7.1.5)
                                                              0
March 1, 2018   14:33         Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in      b3114-ch07              page 106
        106     Fluid Flow in Porous Media
        Now recall the general formula for integration by parts:
               ∞                                ∞
                                           ∞
                    f (t)g(t)dt = f (t)g(t)]0 −     f (t)g (t)dt.                      (7.1.6)
                        0                                         0
        If we apply formula (7.1.6), with g(t) = e−st , we find
                                                     ∞
                      L{f  (t)} = f (t)e−st ]∞
                                              0 + s     f (t)e−st dt,
                                                                      0
                                                     −s·∞
                                       = f (∞)e              − f (0)e−s·0 + sL{f (t)}
                    i.e.    L{f  (t)} = sL{f (t)} − f (0).                             (7.1.7)
        Hence, the Laplace transform of f  (t) is equal to the Laplace
        transform of f (t) multiplied by s, minus the initial value of f (t).
            Equation (7.1.7) illustrates two important properties of Laplace
        transforms:
        (a) Differentiation in the time domain corresponds (essentially) to
            multiplication by s in the Laplace domain.
        (b) The initial conditions become incorporated directly into the
            governing equation. This is unlike the situation in “time domain”
            methods, where initial conditions must be considered separately
            after we have found the general solution to the differential
            equation.
        Note: Since we usually work with pressure “drawdowns”, which are
        defined so as to be zero when t = 0, the f (0) term will usually drop
        out of our calculations.
            As differentiation with respect to time corresponds to multiplica-
        tion by s in the Laplace domain, we might expect, correctly, that
        integration with respect to time corresponds to division by s in
        the Laplace domain. To prove this, let F (t) be the time integral
        of f (t), i.e.
                                          t
                                 F (t) ≡     f (τ )dτ ,                (7.1.8)
                                                        0
        where τ is a dummy variable of integration, used to avoid confusion
        with the specific value of t that appears at the upper limit of
March 1, 2018   14:33        Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in           b3114-ch07                              page 107
                               Laplace Transform Methods in Reservoir Engineering                               107
        integration. By definition, then,
                                                                  0
                           F  (t) = f (t),       F (0) ≡              f (τ )dτ = 0.                (7.1.9)
                                                               0
        Now, using property (7.1.7),
                                                                                       t                                 
            L{F (t)} = sL{F (t)} − F (0) = sL{F (t)} = sL                                    f (τ )dτ       ,
                                                                                     0
        which can be rearranged to give
               t         
                              1           1          1
            L      f (τ )dτ = L{F  (t)} = L{f (t)} = f (s),                                       (7.1.10)
                0             s           s          s
        which shows that, in order to find the Laplace transform of the
        integral of f (t), we merely have to take the Laplace transform of
        f (t), and divide it by s. Note that since the “initial condition” of
        a definite integral is zero, no initial condition term appears in this
        relation.
             Another useful property of Laplace transforms is the “time-shift”
        property. Consider a function f (t), and the time-shifted function
        f (t − t0 ), defined by the graph in Figure 7.1.
             Note that f (t − t0 ) is defined to be 0 if t < t0 , which is
        consistent with the fact that, when using Laplace transforms, we
        always consider all functions f (t) to equal zero when t < 0. (This
        assumption is consistent with the physical fact that the pressure
        drawdown will be zero before production begins!)
                Figure 7.1. A function, f (t), and its time-shifted variant, f (t − t0 ).
March 1, 2018   14:33      Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in                   b3114-ch07               page 108
        108     Fluid Flow in Porous Media
            The Laplace transform of f (t − t0 ) can be found directly from
        the Laplace transform of f (t), as follows. First, by definition,
                                           ∞
                        L {f (t − t0 )} =      f (t − t0 )e−st dt.     (7.1.11)
                                                          0
        Now do a change of variables, letting t−t0 = τ , in which case dt = dτ .
        The limits of integration change, according to
                 τ = −t0   when t = 0,                    τ =∞         when t = ∞.                (7.1.12)
        Hence,
                                                          ∞
                           L{f (t − t0 )} =                     f (τ )e−s(τ +t0 ) dτ .            (7.1.13)
                                                          −t0
        But f (t) = 0 when t < 0, so
                              ∞                                              ∞
                                        −s(τ +t0 )
            L{f (t − t0 )} =     f (τ )e           dτ =                            f (τ )e−sτ e−st0 dτ
                                  0                                        0
                                             ∞                                      
                                  −st0
                             =e                   f (τ )e−sτ dτ = e−st0 f (s).                    (7.1.14)
                                          0
        So, we see that “delaying” a function f (t) by an amount of time t0
        corresponds to multiplying its Laplace transform by e−st0 .
            If we take a function f (t), and “damp it out” by multiplying it
        by e−at , this is equivalent to replacing s with s + a in the Laplace
        transform of f (t). The proof is as follows:
                                     ∞
                         −at
                    L{e f (t)} =         f (t)e−at e−st dt
                                              0
                                                 ∞                                
                                      =               f (t)e−(s+a)t dt = f (s + a).               (7.1.15)
                                              0
            Finally, consider a function f (t), and the “stretched” function
        f (at). The Laplace transform of f (at) is related to the Laplace
        transform of f (t) as follows (see Problem 7.2):
                                          1
                                            f (s/a).
                                      L{f (at)} =                (7.1.16)
                                          a
        If we think of a as a frequency, as in the function sin(at),
        Eq. (7.1.16) shows that “speeding up” a function by a factor a is
March 1, 2018   14:33    Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in   b3114-ch07              page 109
                            Laplace Transform Methods in Reservoir Engineering      109
        somewhat equivalent to “slowing down” its Laplace transform by the
        factor 1/a.
            The usefulness of the rules presented above is that they minimise
        the number of times we actually have to calculate a Laplace
        transform using the basic definition (7.1.1). By knowing the Laplace
        transforms of a few functions, we can use these rules to calculate the
        Laplace transforms of many other functions. For example, first note
        that if f (t) = 1, then
                                  ∞
                                                 −1 −st ∞ 1
              L{f (t)} = L{1} =       1e−st dt =    e ]0 = .          (7.1.17)
                                   0              s           s
        Aside: The function f (t) = 1 is very well behaved mathematically,                                                          
        but its Laplace transform is not, since f (s) → ∞ when s = 0. Points                  
        where f (s) becomes infinite, or is otherwise non-analytic (i.e. cannot
        be represented by a Taylor series), are known as singularities. The                                                                         
        singularities of f (s) are actually the keys to “inverting” f (s) in order
        to find the actual function, f (t). However, we will not pursue these
        ideas very far, because they require knowledge of complex variable
        theory.
            Now suppose that we want to calculate L{t}. We could use
        Eq. (7.1.1), but it is easier to see from Eq. (7.1.10) that, since t is
        the integral of 1, then L{t} can be found by dividing L{1} by s, i.e.
                                     t      
                                                   1          1
                         L{t} = L         1 dτ = L{1} = 2 .               (7.1.18)
                                       0           s          s
        Repeated application of Eq. (7.1.10) leads to a general expression for
        the Laplace transform of tn , where n is any non-negative integer (see
        Problem 7.3):
                                                        n!
                                         L{tn } =             .                (7.1.19)
                                                       sn+1
        Another Laplace transform that appears often when solving diffusion
        problems is L{t−1/2 }:
                                         ∞
                                −1/2
                            L{t      }=     t−1/2 e−st dt.         (7.1.20)
                                                  0
March 1, 2018   14:33             Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in                      b3114-ch07                  page 110
        110     Fluid Flow in Porous Media
        To evaluate this integral, first make the change of variables st = u,
        in which case dt = du/s, and the integral becomes
                                     ∞                                                ∞
                                                               du  1
           L{t−1/2 } =                    (u/s)−1/2 e−u           =√                        u−1/2 e−u du. (7.1.21)
                                  0                             s    s              0
                                                    √
        Now put u = m2 , in which case du = 2mdm = 2 udm, and so
                                                     ∞                 √    
                        −1/2      2                       −m2        2 π       π
                  L{t          }= √                       e     dm = √     =     ,                             (7.1.22)
                                    s             0                    s 2     s
        which can also be expressed as
                                                L−1 {π 1/2 s−1/2 } = t−1/2 .                                   (7.1.23)
            By applying the rule that division by s in the Laplace domain
        corresponds to integration with respect to t in the time domain, we
        can show, starting with Eq. (7.1.23), that
                                                                       t
                                      −1        1/2 −3/2
                               L           {π       s         }=            τ −1/2 dτ = 2t1/2
                                                                    0
                                                                   √
                                                                            π
                                            → L{t1/2 } =                        .                              (7.1.24)
                                                                   2s3/2
        This process can be repeated to give, for n = 1, 2, . . . ,
                                                                           √
                              n−(1/2)          1 · 3 · 5 · . . . · (2n − 1) π
                        L{t                 }=                                .                                (7.1.25)
                                                         2n sn+(1/2)
        For example, for n = 3, Eq. (7.1.25) shows that L{t5/2 } =
          √
        15 π/8s7/2 .
           The most difficult aspect of using Laplace transforms is                                                                   
        “inverting” the Laplace transform f (s) to find the function f (t). The
        difficulty lies in the fact that, even though we, as petroleum engineers,
        are ultimately interested only in real-valued functions, the standard
        inversion procedure involves integration in the complex plane. The                                                                                                           
        inversion formula, which allows us to recover f (t) from f (s), is as
March 1, 2018   14:33      Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in            b3114-ch07              page 111
                             Laplace Transform Methods in Reservoir Engineering                111
        Figure 7.2. Path of integration for the Laplace transform inversion integral given
        in Eq. (7.1.26).
        follows:
                                                    α+i∞ 
                                            1
                                f (t) =                       f (s)est ds,                (7.1.26)
                                           2πi       α−i∞
                   √
        where i = −1 is the imaginary unit number, and the integration
        takes place along any vertical line in the complex plane that lies to
                                                          
        the right of all the singularities of f (s); see Figure 7.2, in which
        s = x + iy. The proof of Eq. (7.1.26), which is not simple, can be
        found in the aforementioned books by Carslaw and Jaeger (1949), or
        Churchill (1958).
            One additional fact about Laplace transforms that is needed in
        order to use this method to solve the pressure diffusion equation is
        the following rule:
                                                                      
        • If P (R, t) is a function of R and t, and P (R, s) is its Laplace
          transform, as defined in Eq. (7.1.2), then the Laplace transform of
          the partial derivative of P with respect to R is equal to the partial
          derivative, with respect to R, of the Laplace transform of P , i.e.
                                                    
                        dP       d                  d P (R, s)
                    L        =      [L{P (R, t)}] =            .       (7.1.27)
                        dR      dR                     dR
        The proof of this rule follows directly from Leibnitz’s theorem for
        differentiating an integral with respect to a parameter that appears
March 1, 2018   14:33          Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in   b3114-ch07              page 112
        112     Fluid Flow in Porous Media
        in the integrand:
                                              ∞
                         dP (R, t)             dP (R, t) −st
                 L                       =              e dt
                           dR               0    dR
                                               ∞                   
                                            d               −st   d P (R, s)
                                         =         P (R, t)e dt =            .       (7.1.28)
                                           dR 0                      dR
        In the second term we first differentiate with respect to R, and
        then integrate with respect to t, whereas in the third term we first
        integrate with respect to t, and then differentiate with respect to R.
        Leibnitz’s theorem tells us that the order in which we carry out these
        two operations does not matter.
        7.2. Flow to a Hydraulically Fractured Well
        In general, exact inversion (as opposed to numerical inversion, which
        will be discussed in Section 7.4) of a LT requires knowledge of
        complex variable theory. One of the few important flow problems
        that we can solve with LTs without knowledge of complex integration
        is the one-dimensional (1D) diffusion equation in a semi-infinite
        region.
            The 1D pressure diffusion problem is relevant to flow to a
        “hydraulically fractured” well, for example. In low permeability
        reservoirs, fractures are often introduced into the rock by pumping
        fluid into the borehole at high pressure; see the geomechanics module
        of this MSc course. These “hydraulic fractures” then provide very
        conductive paths for the oil to reach the wellbore. Oil first flows to
        the fracture, and then through the fracture to the well.
            Imagine that the thickness of the reservoir is H, and that
        the hydraulic fracture extends out from the vertical borehole by a
        distance L in each direction, as shown in Figure 7.3. Initially, fluid
        flows straight to the nearest part of the fracture, after which it travels
        through the hydraulic fracture to the wellbore. If the length L is large,
        or equivalently, at early times, we can model this process as uniform,
        1D, horizontal flow.
March 1, 2018    14:33      Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in              b3114-ch07             page 113
                              Laplace Transform Methods in Reservoir Engineering                113
          Figure 7.3. Schematic diagram of a 1D flow to a hydraulically fractured well.
           The governing equation for this problem is the 1D pressure
        diffusion equation in Cartesian co-ordinates, Eq. (1.6.8):
                                                  dP   d2 P
                                        PDE:         =D 2,                                   (7.2.1)
                                                  dt   dz
        where z is the coordinate normal to the fracture plane, and D is the
        hydraulic diffusivity, k/φμct .
            If the total flow rate into the well is Q, and this flow is distributed
        uniformly over an area of 4LH(two fractures with two faces, each of
        area LH), then the initial and boundary conditions are
                                        IC:      P (z, t = 0) = Pi ,                         (7.2.2)
                           far-field BC:          P (z → ∞, t) = Pi ,                         (7.2.3)
                                                 dP               μQ
                           fracture BC:             (z = 0, t) =      .                      (7.2.4)
                                                 dz              4kLH
                To solve this problem, we first define the LT of P (z, t):
                                                        ∞                                  
                                  P (z, s) ≡                 P (z, t)e−st dt.                (7.2.5)
                                                     0
        Next, we take the LT of both sides of Eq. (7.2.1). Using Eq. (7.1.7),
        and Eq. (7.2.2), the LHS of Eq. (7.2.1) is transformed as
March 1, 2018   14:33       Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in   b3114-ch07             page 114
        114     Fluid Flow in Porous Media
        follows:
                   
                 dP                                     
             L        = sL{P (z, t)} − P (z, t = 0) = s P (z, s) − Pi .           (7.2.6)
                 dt
        Applying rule (7.1.27) twice, the LT of the RHS of Eq. (7.2.1) is
                                                                   
                     d2 P           d2                   d2 P (z, s)
                  L D 2          = D 2 [L{P (z, t)}] = D             .            (7.2.7)
                     dz             dz                      dz 2
        So, the transformed representation of Eq. (7.2.1) is
                                            
                                    d2 P (z, s)     
                            ODE : D       2
                                                − s P (z, s) = −Pi .              (7.2.8)
                                       dz
                        
        Although P (z, s) is a function of two variables, z and s, no derivatives
           
        of P (z, s) with respect to s appear in Eq. (7.2.8). So, s actually
        appears in Eq. (7.2.8) as a parameter, not a variable. Consequently,
        Eq. (7.2.8) is an ODE, rather than a PDE.
            The initial condition is already incorporated into Eq. (7.2.8).
        However, we must now take the LTs of the two BCs, Eqs. (7.2.3)
        and (7.2.4):
           Far-field BC:
                                                                        Pi
                  L{P (z = ∞, t)} = P (z = ∞, s) = L{Pi } =                 ,     (7.2.9)
                                                                         s
           Fracture BC:
                                                        
                   dP              dP                   μQ        μQ
               L      (z = 0, t) =    (z = 0, s) = L          =        .
                   dz              dz                  4kLH     4kLHs
                                                                 (7.2.10)
            Next, we solve the problem in the Laplace domain. The general
        solution to Eq. (7.2.8) is
                                  √         √       Pi
                                 z s/D
                    P (z, s) = Ae      + Be−z s/D + ,            (7.2.11)
                                                     s
        where A and B are arbitrary constants. Applying the far-field
        boundary condition, Eq. (7.2.9), to the general solution (7.2.11),
        shows us that A must be zero. Applying the fracture boundary
March 1, 2018   14:33   Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in   b3114-ch07              page 115
                          Laplace Transform Methods in Reservoir Engineering       115
        condition, Eq. (7.2.10), to the general solution (7.2.11), implies that
                                                  dP                         μQ
                           (z = 0, s) = −B s/D =       ,
                        dz                       4kLHs
                                           −μQ
                               →B=               .                           (7.2.12)
                                        4kLHs s/D
        So, we have now found A and B, and the solution to this problem in
        the Laplace domain is
                                          √
                                 Pi    μQ D −z √s/D
                       P (z, s) =    −          e        .         (7.2.13)
                                  s    4kLHs3/2                                    
        Finally, we must invert P (z, s) to find P (z, t). To keep the analysis
        simple and brief, we will only invert for the pressure in the fracture,
        P (z = 0, t), which is actually the pressure that we are most interested
        in. If the permeability of the fracture is much greater than that of
        the reservoir (which is the idea behind hydraulic fracturing!), then
        there will be very little pressure drop in the fracture itself, and the
        pressure in the fracture will be equal to the pressure in the wellbore.
        So, in the fracture,
                                                        √
                                           Pi      μQ D
                             P (z = 0, s) =    −             .          (7.2.14)
                                             s     4kLHs3/2
        Note: This illustrates another advantage of LTs: we can usually find
        the wellbore pressure without having first to find the pressure at every
        point in the reservoir. With most other mathematical methods, you
        must find P (z, t) first as a complete function, and then set z = 0.
            We now “invert” to find P (z = 0, t), using Eqs. (7.1.17) and
        (7.1.24), to find (Stewart, 2011, p. 478):
                                                                  √     
                                                         Pi     μQ D
                               −1                    −1
              P (z = 0, t) = L {P (z = 0, s)} = L            −
                                                          s     4kLHs3/2
                                               √             
                                  −1 1      μQ D −1          1
                           = Pi L         −          L
                                      s      4kLH          s3/2                                          
                                    μQ      Dt
                           = Pi −              .                        (7.2.15)
                                   2kLH      π
March 1, 2018   14:33       Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in   b3114-ch07   page 116
        116     Fluid Flow in Porous Media
        Equation (7.2.15) shows that at early times, the drawdown in a
        fractured well will increase in proportion to t1/2 .
        7.3. Convolution Principle in the Laplace Domain
        The convolution integral that appeared in Eq. (3.4.6) is a partic-
        ular case of a more general mathematical operation that can be
        defined by
                                    t
                           f ∗g ≡      f (τ )g(t − τ )dτ ,         (7.3.1)
                                                0
        which is known as the convolution of the two functions f and g.
            If we let t − τ = x in Eq. (7.3.1), then τ = t − x and dτ = −dx,
        and the limits of integration are transformed into x = t and x = 0.
        Hence,
                     0                    t
         f ∗g =−        f (t − x)g(x)dx =     f (t − x)g(x)dx ≡ g ∗ f , (7.3.2)
                        t                             0
        which shows that f ∗ g = g ∗ f , for any two functions f and g.
           Now, let us look at the LT of f ∗ g:
                           t=∞ 	 τ =t                   
              L{f ∗ g} =                 f (τ )g(t − τ )dτ e−st dt.   (7.3.3)
                                 t=0         τ =0
        The region of integration covers the first octant of the {t, τ } plane,
        as can be seen from Figure 7.4. The thick line on the left runs from
        τ = 0 to τ = t, for fixed t, which corresponds to the inner integral
        in Eq. (7.3.3). If we sweep this line across from left to right, then t
                        Figure 7.4. Two paths of integration for Eq. (7.3.3).
March 1, 2018   14:33            Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in          b3114-ch07             page 117
                                    Laplace Transform Methods in Reservoir Engineering           117
        will cover the range from t = 0 to t = ∞, which corresponds to the
        outer integral.
            But this octant can also be covered by first letting t run from
        t = τ , out to t = ∞, for fixed τ (see the thick line on right), and
        then letting τ run from τ = 0 to τ = ∞. Hence, we can also write
        the convolution integral as
                           τ =∞ 	 t=∞                
                                                   −st
               L{f ∗ g} =                g(t − τ )e dt f (τ )dτ.     (7.3.4)
                                     τ =0         t=τ
        If we now let t − τ = x in Eq. (7.3.4), then t = τ + x, dt = dx, and
        the limits of integration of the inner integral are transformed into
        x = 0 and x = ∞, and so
                      τ =∞ 	 x=∞                   
                                          −s(τ +x)
         L{f ∗ g} =                 g(x)e          dx f (τ )dτ
                             τ =0        x=0
                            	   τ =∞                   
 	    x=∞                  
                                                                                             
                        =               f (τ )e−sτ dτ                     g(x)e−sx dx = f (s) g (s).
                              τ =0                             x=0
                                                                                              (7.3.5)
        We have therefore proven that convolution of two functions in the
        time domain corresponds to multiplication of the their LTs. This fact
        is extremely useful, because:
        (a) It implies that, if we can break up a difficult LT into the product
            of two simpler transforms whose inverses are known, then we can
            find the complete inverse function, in the time domain, by merely
            doing a convolution integral.
        (b) More importantly, it implies that, for any given reservoir geom-
            etry, if we can solve the diffusion equation for the case of a
            constant production rate, then the solution for an arbitrary
            production schedule can be found by convolution.
            Actually, we already knew this from Section 3.4. However,
        the concept is more general, since, for example, we can also use
        convolution to find the solution for the case of varying wellbottom
        pressure from the solution for the case of constant wellbottom
        pressure.
March 1, 2018   14:33       Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in   b3114-ch07             page 118
        118     Fluid Flow in Porous Media
            As an example of the use of convolution in the Laplace domain,
        consider the hydraulic fracture problem of Section 7.2, but with an
        arbitrary time-dependent flow rate into the fracture, Q(t). The only
        change in the formulation of the problem will be in the fracture
        boundary condition, Eq. (7.2.4), which now becomes
                                      dP              μQ(t)
                                         (z = 0, t) =       .                     (7.3.6)
                                      dz              4kLH
        If we follow the solution procedure used in Section 7.2, the only
        change occurs when we take the LT of this boundary condition, in
        which case μQ/4kLHs is replaced with the more general expression          
        μ Q(s)/4kLH. The solution in Laplace space then becomes
                                           √
                                Pi μ Q(s) D −z √s/D
                      P (z, s) =   −            e       .                         (7.3.7)
                                 s    4kLHs1/2
        We again restrict our attention to the fracture, where z = 0:
                                                    √
                                        Pi μ Q(s) D
                          P (z = 0, s) =    −             .           (7.3.8)
                                          s    4kLHs1/2
           We now take the inverse LT, and in doing so make use of linearity
        and convolution:
                                                    ⎧                ⎫
                                                    ⎨P         √ ⎬
                                                     i   μ Q(s)  D
            P (z = 0, t) = L−1 {P (z = 0, s)} = L−1     −
                                                    ⎩s    4kLHs1/2 ⎭
                                                  ⎧ ⎫
                                           √
                                      1    μ D −1 ⎨ Q(s) ⎬
                            = Pi L−1     −      L
                                      s    4kLH   ⎩ s1/2 ⎭
                                     √ 	                      
                                   μ D       
                                          −1           −1 −1/2
                            = Pi −       L { Q(s)}  ∗ L {s     } . (7.3.9)
                                   4kLH                        
        But, L−1 {Q(s)} = Q(t), by definition, and L−1 {s−1/2 } = (πt)−1/2
        by Eq. (7.1.23), so
                                         √
                                       μ D
                   P (z = 0, t) = Pi −      [Q(t)] ∗ [(πt)−1/2 ]
                                       4kLH
March 1, 2018   14:33   Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in   b3114-ch07              page 119
                          Laplace Transform Methods in Reservoir Engineering       119
                                                                                          μ D/π t Q(τ )
                                  = Pi −              √       dτ
                                          4kLH 0 t − τ
                                                        t
                                           1      μ          Q(τ )
                                  = Pi −                    √      dτ
                                         4LH πkφc 0 t − τ
                                                    t
                                         1     μ         Q(τ )
                                  = Pi −                √      dτ
                                         A πkφc 0 t − τ
                                                 t
                                             μ         q(τ )
                                  = Pi −             √       dτ.              (7.3.10)
                                           πkφc 0 t − τ
        Equation (7.3.10) allows us to find the pressure in the fracture as a
        function of the time-varying flow rate per unit area, q(t) = Q(t)/A,
        by merely doing an integral in the time domain.
            Although it may be difficult to evaluate this integral analytically
        for some particular production rate q(t), it will always be straight-
        forward to evaluate it numerically. Convolution leads to an integral
        over time, which is a real variable, and such integrals are generally
        easier to evaluate than the complex inversion integral specified in
        Eq. (7.1.26).
        7.4. Numerical Inversion of Laplace Transforms
        The complex integral that allows us to invert the LT of the pressure
        to obtain the pressure as a function of time is often very difficult
        to evaluate in closed form. Consequently, many algorithms have
        been devised to carry out this inversion numerically. Their use
        in petroleum engineering is reviewed in Fundamental and Applied
        Pressure Analysis by Daltaban and Wall (1998).
            In petroleum engineering, the most widely used such algorithm
        is the Stehfest (1968) algorithm. Although the derivation of this
        algorithm is lengthy, and beyond the scope of these notes, we can
        gain a rough understanding of it as follows.
            In general, any integral can be approximated by a summation
        whose terms consist of the integrand evaluated at various discrete
        points, with each functional evaluation multiplied by an appropriate
March 1, 2018   14:33        Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in   b3114-ch07             page 120
        120     Fluid Flow in Porous Media
                 Figure 7.5. Approximation of an integral using the trapezium rule.
        weighting factor. For example, consider the numerical approximation
        of an integral based on the trapezium rule. Imagine a function f (x),
        which we want to integrate from x = a to x = b. Recall that
        an integral can be interpreted as the area under the graph of the
        function.
            The area under the graph of f (x) can be approximated by the
        area of the trapezium shown in Figure 7.5, i.e.
                                  b             	             
                                                 f (a) + f (b)
                                       f (x)dx ≈                 (b − a).          (7.4.1)
                               a                       2
        This formula approximates the integral by evaluating the integrand
        at x = a and x = b, multiplying the two function values by
        the weighting factor (b − a)/2, and then summing. More accurate
        numerical approximations of an integral can be made by:
        (a) evaluating the integrand at a larger number of points,
        (b) carefully choosing the points at which the integrand is evaluated
            (i.e. they need not be equally spaced),
        (c) carefully choosing the weighting factors.
            With these ideas in mind, we can think of the Stehfest algorithm
        as a clever method for approximating the complex inversion integral
        by a weighted finite sum of function evaluations.                                                                      
            If we have the LT of, say, the wellbore pressure P w (s),
        the actual wellbore pressure at time t is given, according to
March 1, 2018   14:33         Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in   b3114-ch07             page 121
                                Laplace Transform Methods in Reservoir Engineering     121
        Stehfest, by
                                           2N                  
                                      ln 2             n ln 2
                             Pw (t) =         Vn P w s =          ,                 (7.4.2)
                                        t                   t
                                                n=1
        where the weighting factors Vn are defined by
                            min(n,N )
                                                     kN (2k)!
                        n
           Vn = (−1)                                                         , (7.4.3)
                                         (N − k)!k!(k − 1)!(n − k)!(2k − n)!
                            k=(n+1)/2
        and the total number of terms in the series is take to be 2N .
           An advantage of the Stehfest algorithm it that it allows us to                                
        avoid evaluating f (s) at complex values of s, as would be required
        by the path of integration shown in Eq. (7.1.26); instead, the method                                  
        requires only that f (s) be evaluated at real values of s.
             Note, however, that if we could perform the inversion integration
        analytically, we would arrive at a single mathematical expression
        that would be valid for all values of t. But, if we use a numerical
        procedure, such as the Stehfest algorithm, we must perform a new
        calculation for each value of t. This is a drawback that is shared by
        all numerical methods.
             In principle, the accuracy of the approximation should increase as
        the number of terms in the series, which is 2N , increases. In practice,
        if too many terms are taken, accumulated round-off error begins to
        overshadow the additional accuracy. It has generally been found that
        an optimum value of 2N is about 18.
        Problems for Chapter 7
        Problem 7.1. What is the Laplace transform of the function
        f (t) = e−at ?
        Problem 7.2. Starting with the basic definition of the Laplace
        transform, Eq. (7.1.1), verify Eq. (7.1.16).
        Problem 7.3. Using the various general properties of Laplace
        transforms, derive Eq. (7.1.19), L{tn } = n!/sn+1 , where n is any
        non-negative integer.
March 1, 2018   14:33      Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in   b3114-ch07           page 122
        122     Fluid Flow in Porous Media
        Problem 7.4. Following the steps that were taken in Section 7.2,
        use Laplace transforms to solve the problem of linear flow into a
        hydraulic fracture with constant pressure in the fracture:
                                                   1 dP   d2 P
                                       PDE:             =      ,                  (i)
                                                   D dt   dz 2
                                           IC: P (z, t = 0) = Pi ,               (ii)
                               far-field BC: P (z → ∞, t) = Pi ,                  (iii)
                               fracture BC: P (z = 0, t) = Pf .                  (iv)
                                                                           
        First, find the pressure function in the Laplace domain, P (z, s). Next,
        find an expression for the flow rate into the fracture, in the Laplace
                                                         
        domain; call it Q f (s). Lastly, invert Q f (s) to find the flow rate into
        the fracture as a function of time, Qf (t).
March 1, 2018   14:33      Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in   b3114-ch08    page 123
                                          Chapter 8
                        Naturally-Fractured Reservoirs
        Many reservoirs contain a network of interconnected, naturally occur-
        ring fractures, which provide most of the reservoir-scale permeability.
        In fact, it has been estimated that about 40% of the world’s known
        reserves reside in naturally fractured reservoirs. Fluid flow through
        such reservoirs is more complicated than through unfractured reser-
        voirs, and cannot be accurately modelled with the equations that we
        have developed and solved in the previous chapters. In this chapter,
        we will derive the governing equations for the “dual-porosity” model
        that is widely used for naturally fractured reservoirs, and present the
        “line source” solution for flow to a vertical well in a dual-porosity
        reservoir.
        8.1. Dual-porosity Model of Barenblatt et al.
        The basic mathematical model used for fractured reservoirs, referred
        to as the dual-porosity model, was first developed by Barenblatt
        et al. (1960), and was used by Warren and Root (1963) to solve
        the problem of flow to a well in an unbounded fractured reservoir.
        Several refinements have been made since then, and the resulting
        equations have been solved for many different reservoir geometries,
        with and without wellbore storage, skin effects, etc. In this section,
        we will briefly describe this model, and present and discuss the
        solution for flow to a well in an unbounded naturally fractured
        reservoir.
                                                    123
March 1, 2018   14:33      Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in   b3114-ch08     page 124
        124     Fluid Flow in Porous Media
            In the dual-porosity model, the “macroscopic-scale” permeability
        of the reservoir is assumed to be provided solely by the fracture
        network. Fluid can only flow into the well via those fractures that
        are connected to the well. The regions of rock between the fractures,
        called “matrix blocks”, contain most of the fluid, and feed this fluid
        into the fractures, but do not directly transmit fluid to the well.
            The first step in constructing a dual-porosity model for fractured
        reservoirs is to start with a pressure diffusion equation for the porous
        medium that is formed by the fracture network. An obvious and
        straightforward modification to the derivation given in Chapter 1
        shows that, in general, the diffusion equation can include a source-
        sink term, that provides fluid to, or takes fluid away from, the fracture
        system.
            In the present case of a dual-porosity system, the source-sink
        term will represent the volumetric flux of fluid from the matrix blocks
        into the fractures, per unit time and per unit volume of the reservoir.
        Hence, in radial coordinates, the pressure diffusion equation for the
        “fracture system” takes the form                                                       
                               dPf     kf 1 d       dPf
                         (φc)f      =             R       + qmf ,        (8.1.1)
                                dt     μ R dR       dR
        where the subscript f denotes the properties of the fracture network.
        The “fracture-matrix interaction term” qmf in Eq. (8.1.1) has dimen-
        sions of (m3 /m3 s), or (1/s). The compressibility term is the total
        compressibility of the fluid-filled fracture system, and includes the
        contributions of both the formation compressibility (of the fractured
        rock mass) and the fluid compressibility.
            The continuum-scale permeability of the fracture network, kf , is
        related to, but is by no means equal to, the “permeability” of the
        individual fractures; see Section 12.8 of Jaeger et al. (2007). Roughly
        speaking, if the fractures each have aperture h, and the spacing
        between fractures is S, the “permeability” of any individual fracture
        will be kif = h2 /12, the permeability of the fracture network will be
        roughly given by kf = h3 /12S, and so the ratio of the permeability
        of the fracture network to the permeability of an individual fracture
        is on the order of h/S. Typical values of h are 100−1,000 μm, and
March 1, 2018   14:33   Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in      b3114-ch08                page 125
                                                       Naturally-Fractured Reservoirs   125
        typical fracture spacings are on the order of 10−100 cm, so this
        permeability ratio will be in the range of 10−4 –10−2 . This point
        is emphasised mainly to help avoid confusion when reading the
        literature.
        Note: In a dual-porosity model, every “point” R is supposed to
        represent a representative elementary volume (REV) (see Section
        1.3) that is large enough to encompass several fractures and matrix
        blocks. Having said this, such considerations are rarely invoked in
        practice, and dual-porosity models have been used in geothermal
        reservoirs, for example, where fracture spacings are as large as tens
        of metres!
            The fracture-matrix flow term could be found by solving a flow
        equation within the matrix blocks, as has been done by Kazemi
        (1969) and others. However, most dual-porosity formulations follow
        Barenblatt et al. (1960) and assume that the flow from the matrix
        blocks to the fractures, at point R in the reservoir, is proportional to
        the difference between the pressure in the fractures and the average
        pressure in the matrix blocks, P̄m ; this assumption is called “pseudo-
        steady-state fracture/matrix flow”. Since the flow is expected to
        be proportional to the permeability of the matrix, and inversely
        proportional to the fluid viscosity, qmf is assumed to have the form
                                            αkm
                                  qmf =         (P̄m − Pf ),                       (8.1.2)
                                             μ
        where α is a “shape factor” that accounts for the size and shape of
        the matrix block.
            Dimensional analysis shows that α must have dimensions of
        (1/L2 ), or (1/m2 ) in SI units. Numerous expressions for shape
        factors have appeared in the literature, usually based on rough finite-
        difference approximations to flow within the block. For example,
        for a cubic block of side L, Warren and Root (1963) suggested
        α = 60/L2 , Kazemi et al. (1976) suggested α = 12/L2 , and Quintard
        and Whitaker (1996) suggested α = 49.62/L2 .
            The correct value of α for a matrix block of a given shape
        can be found by calculating the smallest eigenvalue of the pressure
        diffusion equation inside the matrix block, with constant-pressure
March 1, 2018   14:33      Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in      b3114-ch08             page 126
        126     Fluid Flow in Porous Media
        outer boundary conditions, as shown by Zimmerman et al. (1993).
        The shape factors for a few simple, idealised geometries are as follows:
        • spherical block of radius a:
                                                         π2
                                                   α=       ,                       (8.1.3)
                                                         a2
        • long cylindrical block of radius a:
                                                        5.78
                                                α=           ,                      (8.1.4)
                                                         a2
        • cubical block of side L:
                                                        3π 2
                                                α=           ,                      (8.1.5)
                                                        L2
        • rectangular block of sides {Lx , Ly , Lz }:
                                                                
                                                   1    1    1
                                    α = π2            +    +       .                (8.1.6)
                                                   L2x L2y   L2z
        If the fracture system in the reservoir consists of three mutually
        orthogonal sets of parallel fractures, with spacings {Lx , Ly , Lz }, then
        the matrix blocks would be rectangular slabs. Hence, this latter
        model, although simplified, is not unrealistic.
            Equations (8.1.1) and (8.1.2) give two equations for the three
        unknowns, {Pf , P̄m , qmf }. A third equation is found by performing a
        mass-balance on the matrix blocks. In analogy with Eq. (6.4.16), we
        find
                                                            dP̄m
                                       qmf = −(φc)m              ,                  (8.1.7)
                                                             dt
        where the compressibility term represents the total compressibility
        of the matrix block, including both the matrix formation compress-
        ibility, and the fluid compressibility. Equations (8.1.1), (8.1.2) and
        (8.1.7) give a complete set of equations that can be solved to obtain
        the unknown pressures and flow rates.
March 1, 2018   14:33    Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in      b3114-ch08                page 127
                                                        Naturally-Fractured Reservoirs   127
        8.2. Dual-porosity Equations in Dimensionless Form
        Before presenting the solution for the pressures at the well in an
        unbounded dual-porosity reservoir, under conditions of constant flow
        rate into the well, it is convenient to first write the governing
        equations in dimensionless form. We first define the following dimen-
        sionless variables:
        • Dimensionless time:
                                                   kf t
                                  tD =                      2
                                                              ;                     (8.2.1)
                                          (φf cf + φm cm )μRw
          this is the “standard” definition, but based on the permeability
          of the fracture network, which is kf , and the total storativity,
          which is the sum of fracture storativity plus the matrix storativity.
        • Dimensionless pressure in the fractures:
                                              2πkf H(Pi − Pf )
                                   PDf =                       ;                    (8.2.2)
                                                    μQ
          this is again the standard definition, as in Section 2.2, where Q is
          again the flow rate into the well.
        • Dimensionless pressure in the matrix blocks:
                                              2πkf H(Pi − P̄m )
                                  PDm =                         ;                   (8.2.3)
                                                    μQ
          this definition is based on kf , rather than km , so as to be consistent
          with the definition of PDf .
        • Dimensionless radius:
                                                       R
                                             RD =         ;                         (8.2.4)
                                                       Rw
           which is the standard definition that we used previously for single-
           porosity reservoirs.
            We now use these definitions, along with the chain rule, to
        transform Eqs. (8.1.1), (8.1.2) and (8.1.7) into dimensionless form.
March 1, 2018   14:33          Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in   b3114-ch08              page 128
        128     Fluid Flow in Porous Media
        We start with the left-hand side of Eq. (8.1.1):
                        dPf         dPf dPDf dtD
                (φc)f       = (φc)f       ·        ·
                         dt         dPDf dtD         dt                                                                  
                                       −μQ dPDf               kf
                            = (φc)f                                2
                                      2πkf H dtD (φf cf + φm cm )μRw                                                         
                                            φf cf Q         dPDf
                            =−                          2
                                                                 .    (8.2.5)
                                  (φf cf + φm cm )2πHRw dtD
        Applying the same procedure to the spatial derivative term in
        Eq. (8.1.1) gives                                                       
             kf 1 d       dPf       −Q    1 d        dPDf
                        R       =      2 R dR
                                                  RD        .   (8.2.6)
             μ R dR       dR      2πHRw    D  D      dRD
        Lastly, we transform the term qmf in Eq. (8.1.1), using Eq. (8.1.7).
        In analogy with Eq. (8.2.5), this term becomes                                                        
                          dP̄m             φm cm Q         dPDm
            qmf = −(φc)m       =                       2
                                                                 .   (8.2.7)
                           dt      (φf cf + φm cm )2πHRw dtD
        Inserting Eqs. (8.2.5–8.2.7) into Eq. (8.1.1) yields                                
               1 d          dPDf
                        RD
             RD dRD         dRD
                                  φf cf     dPDf        φm cm      dPDm
                        =                        +                      .             (8.2.8)
                            (φf cf + φm cm ) dtD   (φf cf + φm cm ) dtD
        Equation (8.2.8) is the dimensionless form of Eq. (8.1.1).
           We now write Eq. (8.1.2) in terms of the dimensionless variables:
                              αkm               −αkm Q
                   qmf =          (P̄m − Pf ) =        (PDm − PDf ).                  (8.2.9)
                               μ                2πkf H
        Equating this result to Eq. (8.2.7) gives
                        φm cm      dPDm        2
                                          αkm Rw
                                        =        (PDf − PDm ).                       (8.2.10)
                   (φf cf + φm cm ) dtD     kf
        Equations (8.2.8) and (8.2.10) are two coupled differential equations
        for the two dimensionless pressures, PDf and PDm .
March 1, 2018   14:33   Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in      b3114-ch08                page 129
                                                       Naturally-Fractured Reservoirs   129
            These two equations contain two dimensionless parameters. The
        first is the ratio of fracture storativity to total (fracture + matrix)
        storativity, denoted by ω:
                                                 φf cf
                                    ω=                    .                       (8.2.11)
                                            φf cf + φm cm
        The second dimensionless parameter, the transmissivity ratio λ, is
        essentially a ratio of matrix permeability to fracture permeability,
        modified by some geometrical factors:
                                                     2
                                                αkm Rw
                                         λ=            .                          (8.2.12)
                                                  kf
        Since the fracture porosity is typically much less than the matrix
        porosity, and the fracture permeability is much greater than the
        matrix permeability, in practice it is usually the case that ω < 0.1
        and λ < 0.001.
            In terms of the dimensionless parameters ω and λ, and the dimen-
        sionless variables defined in Eqs. (8.1.1–8.1.4), the two governing
        equations for radial flow in a dual-porosity reservoir are
                                   
                 1 d           dPDf        dPDf           dPDm
                            RD        =ω        + (1 − ω)       ,    (8.2.13)
                RD dRD         dRD         dtD             dtD
                                  dPDm
                        (1 − ω)        = λ(PDf − PDm ).                           (8.2.14)
                                   dtD
        If the reservoir were actually a “single-porosity” reservoir, then the
        storativity ratio ω would equal 1, and the two equations (8.2.13) and
        (8.2.14), would reduce to the standard pressure diffusion Eq. (6.2.8).
        This situation occurs in some fractured reservoirs that have very low
        matrix porosity and/or low matrix permeability, in which case the
        matrix blocks can be ignored.
            In the usual form of the dual-porosity model, fluid does not flow
        from one matrix block to another. Only the fractures provide the
        macroscopic, reservoir-scale permeability. Hence, the pressure that
        we measure at the wellbore represents the pressure in those fractures
        that are nearest to the wellbore. Therefore, the drawdown at the
March 1, 2018   14:33      Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in   b3114-ch08              page 130
        130     Fluid Flow in Porous Media
        wellbore is found from
                               ΔPDw (tD ) ≡ PDf (RD = 1, tD ).                   (8.2.15)
        A more general model for naturally fractured reservoirs, in which
        fluid can also flow from one matrix block to another, is known as
        the “dual-permeability model”. This model is sometimes used by
        hydrologists, but is not often used in petroleum engineering.
        8.3. Line Source Problem in a Dual-porosity
             Reservoir
        Warren and Root (1963) solved the problem of a well producing
        at constant flow rate Q in an unbounded dual-porosity reservoir,
        using Laplace transforms. They found that, if the dimensionless time
        satisfies the condition
                                             tD > 100 ω,                          (8.3.1)
        which usually covers the times of interest to petroleum engineers, the
        dimensionless pressure drawdown at the well is described by                                                                    
                   1                           −λtD              −λtD
          ΔPDw =       ln tD + 0.8091 + Ei               − Ei              .
                   2                          ω(1 − ω)          (1 − ω)
                                                                        (8.3.2)
        As usual, it is instructive to analyse the behaviour of the solution
        in the various time regimes. In the early-time regime when tD >
        100 ω, but is not “too large”, the variables inside the Ei functions in
        Eq. (8.3.2) will still be small enough to use Eq. (2.4.4), which says
        that, if x < 0.01,
                                 −Ei(−x) ≈ −0.5772 − ln x.                        (8.3.3)
        Use of Eq. (8.3.3) in Eq. (8.3.2) yields                                                                    
                  1                            λtD               λtD
         ΔPDw =       ln tD + 0.8091 + ln               − ln
                  2                         ω(1 − ω)           (1 − ω)                                                                         
                  1                           λtD                      λtD
               =      ln tD + 0.8091 + ln             − ln ω − ln
                  2                         (1 − ω)                  (1 − ω)
                  1
               = {ln(tD /ω) + 0.8091} .                                   (8.3.4)
                  2
March 1, 2018   14:33    Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in      b3114-ch08                page 131
                                                        Naturally-Fractured Reservoirs   131
        If we use Eqs. (8.2.1), (8.2.2) and (8.2.11) to convert the drawdown
        to dimensional form, we find
            2πkf HΔPw
                μQ
                                                                         
                   1              kf t          [(φc)f + (φc)m ]
                =      ln                   2
                                              ·                    + 0.8091
                   2      [(φc)f + (φc)m ]μRw         (φc)f
                                                              
                                 μQ           kf t
                  i.e. ΔPw =            ln          2
                                                         + 0.8091 ,     (8.3.5)
                              4πkf H       (φμc)f Rw
        which is precisely the drawdown that would occur in a single-porosity
        system consisting only of the fractures (i.e. without matrix blocks)!
        Note also that in the early-time regime, the drawdown will be a
        straight line on a semi-log plot.
            The physical explanation of this behaviour is as follows. At
        early times, fluid flows to the well only through the fractures; fluid
        has not yet had time to flow out of the matrix blocks because of
        their relatively low permeability. Hence, in this regime, the matrix
        storativity is irrelevant.
            Now let us consider “very large” times (but still assuming an
        unbounded reservoir). Recall from Table 2.1 that when x is large,
        Ei(−x) → 0. So, in this regime the two Ei terms in Eq. (8.3.2) drop
        out, and the drawdown is
                                             1
                               ΔPDw =          {ln tD + 0.8091},                    (8.3.6)
                                             2
        which in dimensional form is
                                                           
                     μQ                 kf t
          ΔPw =            ln                     2
                                                      + 0.8091 .                    (8.3.7)
                   4πkf H       [(φc)f + (φc)m ]μRw
        This is the drawdown that would occur in a single-porosity reservoir
        whose permeability is that of the fracture system, but whose
        storativity is that of the fractures plus the matrix blocks.
             The physical explanation of this behaviour is (essentially) as
        follows. At very large times, the matrix blocks have had sufficient
        time for their pressures to “equilibrate” with the pressure in the
March 1, 2018   14:33       Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in   b3114-ch08              page 132
        132     Fluid Flow in Porous Media
        fractures. So at large times, the reservoir behaves like a homogeneous,
        single-porosity reservoir whose storativity is composed of the fracture
        storativity plus the matrix storativity. The overall permeability of the
        reservoir is always the permeability of the fracture system, because
        the matrix blocks are assumed not to be interconnected to each other.
            Both the early-time solution given by Eq. (8.3.5), and the late-
        time solution given by Eq. (8.3.7), will give straight lines when
        plotted on a semi-log plot, with exactly the same slope,
                                          dΔPw        μQ
                                                  =        .                       (8.3.8)
                                           d ln t   4πkf H
        The vertical offset of these two lines, denoted by δΔPDw , can be
        found by comparing Eqs. (8.3.4) and (8.3.6):
                                        1      1
                               δΔPDw = − ln ω = ln(1/ω).                           (8.3.9)
                                        2      2
        In dimensional form, the vertical offset is
                                                  μQ
                                     δPw =             ln(1/ω).                   (8.3.10)
                                                4πkf H
            The full curve for the drawdown in a well in an infinite dual-
        porosity reservoir is shown in schematic form in Figure 8.1, adapted
        from Gringarten (1984). This figure shows that there is a transition
        regime between the two semi-log straight lines, in which the pressure
              Figure 8.1. Drawdown in a well in an unbounded dual-porosity reservoir.
March 1, 2018   14:33    Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in      b3114-ch08                page 133
                                                        Naturally-Fractured Reservoirs   133
        drawdown changes very gradually. This regime is dominated by the
        effect of fluid beginning to flow out of the matrix blocks and into the
        fractures. During this regime, the flow from the matrix blocks into
        the fractures nearly compensates for the flow from the fractures into
        the borehole, and the wellbore pressure is (nearly) constant.
            Bourdet and Gringarten (1980) showed that if a horizontal line
        is drawn through the drawdown curve at the midpoint between the
        two semi-log straight lines, it will intersect the first semi-log straight
        line at a dimensionless time tD1 that is given by
                                                      ω
                                            tD1 =        ,                         (8.3.11)
                                                      γλ
        where γ = 1.781, and ω and λ are the two dual-porosity parameters
        defined by Eqs. (8.2.11) and (8.2.12). This horizontal line intersects
        the late-time semi-log straight line at a dimensionless time tD2
        given by
                                                       1
                                            tD2 =        .                         (8.3.12)
                                                      γλ
        Equations (8.3.11) and (8.3.12) show that the horizontal offset of
        the two asymptotic semi-log straight lines is equal to ln(1/ω). These
        two equations provide a simple means to estimate the value of the
        storativity ratio ω, and the transmissivity ratio λ, from a well test.
            In dimensional form, these intercept times are
                                                  (φμc)f
                                          t1 =           ,                         (8.3.13)
                                                   αγkm
                                          μ[(φc)f + (φc)m ]
                                   t2 =                     .                      (8.3.14)
                                               αγkm
        The first intercept time, t1 , is essentially a measure of the time
        required for the volume of fluid that has been depleted from the
        matrix blocks near the wellbore to become of the same order of
        magnitude as the volume depleted from the fractures. The second
        intercept time, t2 , is a measure of the time required for the pressure
        in the matrix blocks nearest the well to come into equilibrium with
        the pressure in the surrounding fractures.
March 1, 2018   14:33      Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in   b3114-ch08   page 134
        134     Fluid Flow in Porous Media
        Problems for Chapter 8
        Problem 8.1. Without looking at the paper by Warren and Root,
        describe and sketch the way that the drawdown curve in Figure 8.1
        would change if (a) the storativity ratio ω increased (or decreased)
        by a factor of 10, or (b) the transmissivity ratio λ increased (or
        decreased) by a factor of 10.
        Problem 8.2. By examining Eq. (8.3.2), and making use of either
        Eq. (2.1.22) or Table 2.1, derive an expression for the dimensionless
        time that must elapse in order for the approximation (8.3.6) to be
        accurate to within about 1%. Your answer should be expressed in
        terms of the parameter λ.
March 1, 2018   14:33      Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in   b3114-ch09     page 135
                                          Chapter 9
                        Flow of Gases in Porous Media
        Most of the equations derived and analysed in previous chapters
        are applicable only when the flowing fluid is a liquid, in which case
        the compressibility and viscosity can be assumed to be constant,
        and independent of pressure. For gas reservoirs, the assumption that
        these parameters are independent of pressure is not very accurate,
        and incorporation of their pressure dependence into the pressure
        diffusion equation renders it nonlinear. In this chapter, we will show
        how the resulting nonlinear diffusion equation for gas flow can be
        (approximately) linearised, by expressing it in terms of a new variable
        known as the pseudo-pressure.
            Another important assumption made in all previous chapters
        was the validity of Darcy’s law, which states that the flow rate is
        linearly proportional to the pressure gradient. However, this “law”
        becomes inaccurate at high flow rates, where it is usually replaced by
        a nonlinear relation between flow rate and pressure gradient known
        as the Forchheimer equation. Although this deviation from Darcy’s
        law occurs for both liquids and gases, flow rates in gas reservoirs
        are typically higher, due to the lower viscosity of gases, and so it is
        much more likely that flow in a gas reservoir will take place in this
        non-Darcy regime.
            Deviations from Darcy’s law can also occur for gas flow if the
        pressure is sufficiently low, relative to some characteristic pressure
        that is inversely proportional to the mean pore size. In this situation,
        the “effective gas permeability” differs from the true permeability,
                                                    135
March 1, 2018   14:33      Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in   b3114-ch09             page 136
        136     Fluid Flow in Porous Media
        due to slippage of the gas molecules along the pore walls. This
        so-called “Klinkenberg effect” must be taken into account when
        analysing laboratory permeability measurements performing using
        gas at low pressures, and also for gas flow (at any pressure) in ultra-
        low permeability formations such as shales.
        9.1. Diffusion Equation for Gas Flow in Porous Media
        The main difference between analysing flow in gas reservoirs as
        opposed to liquid reservoirs is that, for gases, the governing partial
        differential equation becomes unavoidably nonlinear. The main
        reason for this nonlinearity is that, whereas the compressibility of
        a liquid can be assumed to be constant, and relatively small, in the
        sense that was quantified in Section 1.6, the compressibility of a gas
        varies strongly with pressure. Furthermore, the viscosity of a gas
        usually also varies with pressure. The result is that the governing
        equation for gas flow cannot usually be well approximated by a
        linear diffusion equation with constant coefficients, as was the case
        for liquids.
            To derive the governing equation for gas flow, we return to the
        analysis given in Section 1.7, and note that, up to Eq. (1.7.5), no
        assumptions were made about the magnitude of the compressibility.
        Hence, we can begin our analysis of gas flow with Eq. (1.7.5):
                                          d(ρqR)    d(ρφ)
                                      −          =R       .                      (9.1.1)
                                            dR        dt
        We now use Darcy’s law, in the form given by Eq. (1.4.1), for the
        flux term q on the left-hand side, i.e.
                                                      k dP
                                             q=−           ,                     (9.1.2)
                                                      μ dR
        in which case Eq. (9.1.1) takes the form                                            
                             1 d     ρk dP       d(ρφ)
                                        R      =       .                         (9.1.3)
                             R dR μ dR             dt
        We next note that the process of expressing the right-hand side
        of Eq. (9.1.3) in terms of the pressure, which was carried out in
March 1, 2018   14:33   Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in     b3114-ch09               page 137
                                                      Flow of Gases in Porous Media   137
        Section 1.6, did not require any assumptions about the magnitude
        of the compressibility terms, etc. Hence, we can use Eq. (1.6.1) to
        rewrite Eq. (9.1.3) as
                                       
                         1 d     ρk dP                    dP
                                   R       = ρφ(cf + cφ )    .      (9.1.4)
                         R dR μ dR                        dt
        Equation (9.1.4) is completely general, in that it contains no
        assumption that the compressibility of the pore fluid is small. It
        also allows for the possibility that the density, permeability and
        viscosity vary with pressure. As such, it is too general to be useful,
        except as the basis of a numerical solution. However, there are many
        cases of practical interest in which it can be either linearised, or
        “almost” linearised, after which the standard solutions presented in
        the previous chapters can be used.
        9.2. Ideal Gas, Constant Reservoir Properties
        One situation in which the nonlinear diffusion equation for gas flow
        can be effectively linearised is if the gas can be assumed to obey the
        ideal gas law:
                                           P = ρRT,                              (9.2.1)
        where R is the gas constant, and T is the absolute temperature. If
        we use Eq. (9.2.1) to express the density in terms of the pressure,
        Eq. (9.1.4) takes the form                                       
                       1 d      kP   dP     φ(cf + cφ ) dP
                                   R      =            P    .       (9.2.2)
                       R dR μRT dR              RT       dt
           The simplest model of gas flow can be derived from Eq. (9.2.2)
        by making the following assumptions:
        (a) The temperature is constant.
        (b) The viscosity of the gas is independent of pressure. This is
            rigorously true for an ideal gas, for which the viscosity depends
            only on temperature. This assumption allows us to take μ outside
            of the derivative on the left-hand side of Eq. (9.2.2).
March 1, 2018    14:33      Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in       b3114-ch09             page 138
        138      Fluid Flow in Porous Media
        (c) The compressibility of the gas is much larger than that of the
            formation, which is often the case for gas reservoirs. In fact, the
            compressibility of an ideal gas is 1/P , since
                                             
                   1 dρ           RT d       P          RT 1       1
              cf =             =                     =         = . (9.2.3)
                   ρ dP T          P dP RT T            P RT       P
            As the reservoir pressure is usually less than 10,000 psi, the
            compressibility is at least 10−4 /psi. The formation compress-
            ibility, on the other hand, is usually on the order of 10−5 /psi
            (Matthews and Russell, 1967; Zimmerman, 1991). Hence, we can
            often neglect cφ relative to cf .
        (d) Assume that the permeability of the formation is independent
            of the pore pressure. This is reasonably accurate for many
            reservoirs, but is sometimes not a very good assumption in
            fractured reservoirs or in tight gas sands, for example. This
            assumption allows us to take k outside of the derivative on the
            left-hand side of Eq. (9.2.2).
                Under these four assumptions, Eq. (9.2.2) can be written as
                                                                           1 d        dP      φμ dP
                                       RP      =      P    .             (9.2.4)
                               R dR       dR      kP dt
        We now note that
                                dP   1 d(P 2 )               dP   1 d(P 2 )
                            P      =           ,         P      =           ,         (9.2.5)
                                dt   2 dt                    dR   2 dR
        which allows us to write Eq. (9.2.4) as                                            
                           1 d       d(P 2 )     φμ d(P 2 )
                                   R           =            .                         (9.2.6)
                           R dR       dR         kP dt
        Equation (9.2.6) is the standard diffusion equation in radial coordi-
        nates, except that
        (a) The dependent variable is P 2 rather than P ;
        (b) The compressibility term, ct ≈ cf = 1/P , varies with pressure.
March 1, 2018   14:33    Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in           b3114-ch09             page 139
                                                        Flow of Gases in Porous Media     139
            Because of point (b), Eq. (9.2.6) is still nonlinear, and is not quite
        equivalent to the diffusion equation used for liquid flow. However, we
        can linearise Eq. (9.2.6) by evaluating the term P in the denominator
        of the RHS at either the initial pressure, Pi , or at the mean wellbore
        pressure during the test, i.e. at
                                         Pi + Pw (end of test)
                               Pm =                            .                       (9.2.7)
                                                   2
        If this is done, then Eq. (9.2.6) becomes a linear diffusion equation,
        with P 2 rather than P as the dependent variable.
        9.3. Real Gas, Variable Reservoir Properties
        The ideal gas law is a good approximation to gas behaviour only
        at low pressures. It is also generally more accurate for monatomic
        or diatomic gases than for larger molecules such as gaseous hydro-
        carbons. For gas reservoirs, which are usually at relatively high
        pressures, it is more accurate to replace the ideal gas law, Eq. (9.2.1),
        with the “real gas” equation of state,
                                                                   P
                              P = ρzRT,            or     ρ=          ,                (9.3.1)
                                                                  zRT
        where z is the (dimensionless) “gas deviation factor”. Using this
        equation of state, Eq. (9.1.3) takes the form                                                  
                        1 d       k   dP      d   P
                              R     P      =φ          .                               (9.3.2)
                        R dR    μzRT dR       dt zRT
        Under isothermal conditions, this becomes
                                                                         1 d    k dP       d P
                                 R P      =φ       .                                   (9.3.3)
                           R dR   μz dR      dt z
        Equation (9.3.3) is highly nonlinear, but we can “partially linearise”
        it by defining a new variable, the “real gas pseudopressure”, as fol-
        lows; see Chapter 7 of Principles of Petroleum Reservoir Engineering,
March 1, 2018   14:33      Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in            b3114-ch09              page 140
        140     Fluid Flow in Porous Media
        by Chierici (1994):
                                                       P
                                                             k(P )P
                                 m(P ) = 2                             dP.                 (9.3.4)
                                                    0       μ(P )z(P )
        The real gas pseudopressure m(P ) is just a generalisation of the
        P 2 parameter that was used for ideal gases. This can be seen by
        noting that if we assume that the permeability and viscosity are
        both independent of pressure, and recall that z = 1 for an ideal gas,
        then
                                       
                                    2k P           k
                          m(P ) →          P dP = P 2 .               (9.3.5)
                                    μ 0            μ
        Hence, for an ideal gas in a stress-insensitive reservoir, the pseudo-
        pressure m(P ) is, aside from a multiplicative constant, equal to P 2 .
            Returning to the real gas case, we differentiate Eq. (9.3.4) with
        respect to P , to find
                                      dm(P )    2k(P )P
                                             =            ,                                (9.3.6)
                                       dP      μ(P )z(P )
        which implies that
                              dm   dm dP    2k(P )P dP
                                 =       =               .                                 (9.3.7)
                              dR   dP dR   μ(P )z(P ) dR
        Substituting Eq. (9.3.7) into the left-hand side of Eq. (9.3.3) leads to
                                                   
                             1 d       dm         d P
                                     R        =φ           .              (9.3.8)
                            2R dR      dR         dt z
            The left-hand side of Eq. (9.3.8) is essentially in the standard
        form for the diffusion equation. On the right-hand side, we recall
        that P/z = ρRT , so that under isothermal conditions,
                     
                 d P        d(ρRT )        dρ         dρ dP
                         =          = RT       = RT          .        (9.3.9)
                 dt z          dt           dt       dP dt
        But from the definition of compressibility,
                                            
                       1 dρ                dρ
                  cg =            , so             = ρcg ,                                (9.3.10)
                       ρ dP T              dP T
March 1, 2018   14:33   Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in     b3114-ch09               page 141
                                                      Flow of Gases in Porous Media   141
        in which case Eq. (9.3.9) can be written as
                                                           d P                        dP
                                     = RT ρ(P )cg (P )    .                     (9.3.11)
                           dt z                        dt
        Next we recall from Eq. (9.3.1) that ρ = P/zRT , and rewrite
        Eq. (9.3.11) as                               
                            d P        cg (P )P dP
                                     =             .         (9.3.12)
                            dt z        z(P ) dt
        Combining Eq. (9.3.12) with Eq. (9.3.8) yields                                     
                          1 d      dm       φcg (P )P dP
                                 R       =               .                      (9.3.13)
                         2R dR     dR         z(P ) dt
        But by analogy with Eq. (9.3.7), we have
                                   dm     2k(P )P dP
                                       =               ,                        (9.3.14)
                                    dt   μ(P )z(P ) dt
        so that
                                   dP   μ(P )z(P ) dm
                                      =               .                         (9.3.15)
                                   dt    2k(P )P dt
        Combining Eq. (9.3.15) with Eq. (9.3.13) yields                                   
                        1 d      dm      φμ(P )cg (P ) dm
                               R      =                    .                    (9.3.16)
                       R dR      dR          k(P )      dt
        Equation (9.3.16) is in the form of a standard diffusion equation in
        radial coordinates, except that the diffusivity term on the right-hand
        side is pressure-dependent.
            As a final step in linearising the equation for gas flow to a
        well, we make the approximation that the diffusivity terms on the
        right can be replaced by some representative constant value, such as
        the value at the mean wellbore pressure encountered during a well
        test, i.e.                                    
                         1 d      dm      φμ(Pm )cg (Pm ) dm
                                R       =                     ,       (9.3.17)
                         R dR     dR           k(Pm )      dt
        where Pm is defined by Eq. (9.2.7).
March 1, 2018   14:33      Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in   b3114-ch09             page 142
        142     Fluid Flow in Porous Media
            Equation (9.3.17) is the (approximate) governing equation for
        the flow of real gases to a well. If the pressure-dependent terms on
        the right-hand side are evaluated at Pm , we can then use all of the
        standard solutions that have been developed for liquid flow, provided
        that we use m instead of P as the dependent variable.
            The transformation between P and m is made by evaluating the
        integral that is given in Eq. (9.3.4). If the reservoir is stress-sensitive,
        we would need to know k(P ) in order to do this. Usually, we do
        not have this information. If we ignore the pressure-dependence of
        permeability, then the relationship between P and m becomes
                                           P
                                                   P
                             m(P ) = 2k                   dP.               (9.3.18)
                                           0 μ(P )z(P )
        Since z(P ) and μ(P ) can be measured in the laboratory on samples
        of the reservoir gas, this integral can be evaluated a priori. The result
        is usually a relationship between P and m in tabular form, which is
        used to transform the measured pressures into values of m that are
        used in conjunction with our solutions to Eq. (9.3.17).
        9.4. Non-Darcy Flow Effects
        All of the previous analyses have been based on Darcy’s law, which
        states that the flow rate is proportional to the pressure gradient.
        Darcy’s law is an empirical law that is known to hold only at low flow
        rates, which can be defined, roughly, as flows for which the Reynolds
        number is less than one. The Reynolds number is a dimensionless
        measure of the relative strengths of inertial forces relative to viscous
        forces. Using the definition of Reynolds number, this condition can
        be written as
                                                    ρvd
                                           Re =         < 1,                     (9.4.1)
                                                     μ
        where ρ is the density of the fluid, μ is the viscosity, d is a mean pore
        diameter and v is the mean (microscopic) velocity.
           It would be useful to be able to express this criterion in terms of
        macroscopically measurable quantities. If we use any of the common
March 1, 2018   14:33   Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in     b3114-ch09               page 143
                                                      Flow of Gases in Porous Media   143
        correlations between pore diameter and permeability, such as the
        Kozeny–Carman equation,
                                             φd2   φd2
                                       k=        ≈     ,                         (9.4.2)
                                             96    100
        we can express the pore diameter as                                         
                                   d = 10 k/φ.                                   (9.4.3)
        The criterion for Darcy’s law to be valid can therefore be written as
                                           √
                                          μ φ
                                    v<      √ .                       (9.4.4)
                                         10ρ k
        Next, we note that the macroscopic flow rate q must be equal to the
        microscopic flow rate v, multiplied by the porosity, i.e. q = vφ, so
        that
                                          q
                                     v= .                            (9.4.5)
                                          φ
        Hence, the criterion (9.4.4) for the validity of Darcy’s law can be
        written as
                                                 μφ3/2
                                          q<       √ .                           (9.4.6)
                                                10ρ k
        The total flow rate towards the well is related to the flux by
                                     Q = qA = 2πRHq                              (9.4.7)
        and so condition (9.4.6) can be written as
                                   2πRHμφ3/2   RHμφ3/2
                           Q<           √    ≈   √     ,                         (9.4.8)
                                     10ρ k      ρ k
        which is expressed solely in terms of our usual reservoir parameters.
            Criterion (9.4.8) becomes more stringent near the wellbore, where
        R is smallest. This is because as a fixed volumetric flow rate
        gets channelled through a smaller area, the velocity must increase.
        Consequently, Darcy’s law is more likely to be become inapplicable
        near the wellbore than farther out in the reservoir.
March 1, 2018   14:33      Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in   b3114-ch09             page 144
        144     Fluid Flow in Porous Media
             If we use “typical” reservoir values in Eq. (9.4.8), we would find
        that this criterion is usually violated in the vicinity of the wellbore
        for gas flow, but not for liquid flow, unless the flow is occurring
        through fractures rather than pores. If the flowing is occurring
        through fractures, then the actual area available for flow is smaller,
        and the velocity of the fluid must be greater. In this case, it is more
        likely that the flow will be “non-Darcy”.
             If criterion (9.4.8) is violated, Darcy’s law must be replaced with
        a nonlinear law, such as Forchheimer’s equation:
                                         dP   μq
                                            =    + βρq 2 ,                       (9.4.9)
                                         dR   k
        in which the term βρq 2 represents an additional pressure gradient,
        due to inertial effects, and β is the Forchheimer coefficient. Note that
        when writing Eq. (9.4.9), we assume that q is positive if the fluid is
        flowing towards the well. The Forchheimer equation can be justified
        heuristically by noting that ρq 2 is related to the kinetic energy per
        unit volume of fluid, and the kinetic energy is not negligible at higher
        flow rates (recall Eq. 1.1.2).
            Equation (9.4.9) implies that, for a given flow rate, the pressure
        drop will be larger than that predicted by Darcy’s law. Hence, non-
        Darcy effects contribute an “additional” pressure drop. Conversely,
        since the “non-Darcy” pressure drop is greater than the Darcy
        pressure drop for a given flow rate, then, if non-Darcy effects are
        important, the flow rate due to a given pressure drop will be less
        than that predicted by Darcy’s law.
            Dimensional analysis of Eq. (9.4.9) shows that the factor β has
        dimensions of L−1 . As k has dimensions
                                       √           of L2 (recall Eq. 9.4.2), it is
        roughly the case that β ≈ 1/ k. If this is true, then the magnitude
        of the nonlinear term in Eq. (9.4.9) relative to that of the linear
        term is
                                                        √
                                    βρq 2    βρqk     ρq k
                           ratio =         =       ≈        .           (9.4.10)
                                    μq/k       μ        μ
        The term on the right of Eq.
                                  √ (9.4.10) is essentially a Reynolds number
        based on a length scale of k. Hence, if the Reynolds number is much
March 1, 2018   14:33   Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in     b3114-ch09               page 145
                                                      Flow of Gases in Porous Media   145
        less than one, the nonlinear terms in Eq. (9.4.9) are negligible, and
        we recover Darcy’s law.
            As non-Darcy flow is confined to a region near the wellbore, its
        effect during a well test is somewhat similar to a “skin” effect. In
        fact, the main consequence of non-Darcy flow near the wellbore is
        that the skin factor gets “replaced” by an apparent skin factor, s ,
        which is given by
                                         s = s + DQ,                           (9.4.11)
        where D is the “non-Darcy skin coefficient”. This coefficient is related
        to the coefficient β that appears in Forchheimer’s equation; see p. 241
        of Chierici (1994) for details.
        9.5. Klinkenberg Effect
        Liquids, as well as gases at typical reservoir pressures, behave like
        continua, in the sense that we can ignore the motions of individual
        molecules, and instead work with mean velocities that are averaged
        over a (very) large number of molecules. This leads to continuum-
        type theories such as Darcy’s law for flow through porous media,
        which actually arise from the Navier–Stokes equations for fluid flow
        at the pore scale.
             A fundamental aspect of using the Navier–Stokes equations is
        that the fluid velocity is assumed to be zero at the boundary with a
        solid, such as at the pore walls. This obviously must be true for the
        normal component of the velocity, but it is also true for the tangential
        component. This “no-slip” boundary condition is the main reason
        why the Navier–Stokes equations average out (“upscale”) to yield
        Darcy’s law.
             However, this microscale boundary condition will not hold for a
        gas at very low densities, which is to say at very low pressures. The
        reasons are complicated, but they boil down to the fact that in order
        for the gas to behave like a continuum, a given gas molecule must
        collide much more frequently with other gas molecules than with the
        pore walls. At low densities, however, each gas molecule will collide
March 1, 2018   14:33      Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in   b3114-ch09             page 146
        146     Fluid Flow in Porous Media
        with a pore wall much more frequently than it collides with another
        gas molecule.
            To quantify whether or not this will be the case, we must consider
        the concept of the “mean free path”, which is essentially the mean
        distance travelled by a molecule between subsequent collisions with
        other molecules. According to the kinetic theory of gases, the mean
        free path λ is essentially given by (see Molecular Theory of Gases
        and Liquids, Hirschfelder et al. (1954)):
                                       1        kB T
                                  λ= √       =√         ,                        (9.5.1)
                                      2nπσ 2    2πσ 2 P
        where n is the molecular density in molecules/volume, kB is the
        Boltzmann constant (i.e. the gas constant per molecule), T is the
        absolute temperature, and σ is an effective molecular diameter.
            If the pore size is smaller than the mean free path, collisions
        with the pore walls will be much more frequent than collisions with
        other molecules, and the gas will essentially flow through the pores
        as individual molecules, rather than as a fluid continuum. This type
        of flow is known as “Knudsen flow”, or “slip flow”.
            Klinkenberg (1941) assumed that gas flow through a porous
        medium could be modelled as Knudsen flow through a capillary tube,
        and showed that the “apparent” permeability measured during gas
        flow will be related to the “true” absolute permeability k by
                                                 
                                              8cλ
                                 kgas = k 1 +       ,                (9.5.2)
                                                d
        where λ is the mean free path, d is the pore diameter, and c ≈ 1
        is a dimensionless coefficient. If we combine Eqs. (9.5.1) and (9.5.2),
        we find
                                                      
                                            8c kB T 1
                             kgas = k 1 + √              .            (9.5.3)
                                             2π dσ 2 P
        If we now use Eq. (9.4.3) to relate the pore diameter to the
        permeability, we find
                                        √         
                                       4c φ kB T
                           kgas = k 1 + √ √          .        (9.5.4)
                                       5 2π kσ 2 P
March 1, 2018   14:33     Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in     b3114-ch09               page 147
                                                        Flow of Gases in Porous Media   147
            The second term in the brackets in Eq. (9.5.4) is the relative
        discrepancy due to the Klinkenberg effect. Noting that the temper-
                                                        √
        ature, the molecular diameter, and the term φ, will not vary by
        very much, for all cases of practical interest, we see that the main
        parameters that control the strength of the Klinkenberg effect are
        the pressure and the permeability. Equation (9.5.4) shows that the
        Klinkenberg effect is enhanced if either (i) the pressure is low, or (ii)
        the permeability is low.
            For a gas flowing through a given rock at a fixed temperature,
        we can evaluate all the terms inside the bracket except P , and call
        the result P ∗ . Equation (9.5.4) can then be written as                                                  
                                                P∗
                                  kgas = k 1 +       ,                  (9.5.5)
                                                 P
        where P ∗ , which is usually written as b, is a characteristic pressure
        that has the following significance: the Klinkenberg effect will
        have a noticeable effect on the measured permeability if (roughly)
        P < 10P ∗ . Alternatively, we can say that the Klinkenberg effect will
        be negligible if P > 10P ∗ .
            To quantify the magnitude of the Klinkenberg effect, consider a
        rock having a porosity of φ = 0.10, with a gas flowing through it
        at 300◦ K. Boltzmann’s constant is 1.38 × 10−23 J/◦ K, and typical
        molecular diameters are on the order of 4Å, so we find from
        Eq. (9.5.4) that
                          for k = 10 mD: P ∗ ≈ 15 kPa ≈ 2 psi,
                        for k = 1000 mD: P ∗ ≈ 1.5 kPa ≈ 0.2 psi.
            Reservoir pressures will be much larger than P ∗ for conventional
        reservoir rocks, and so the Klinkenberg effect is usually negligible for
        flow in the reservoir. Exceptions will occur in shale gas reservoirs,
        where k is very small, and P ∗ will be large. In shale gas reservoirs,
        Klinkenberg effects may be important.
            Even for conventional reservoir rocks that do not have ultra-low
        permeabilities, Klinkenberg effects must be taken into account, for
        the following reason. In the laboratory, permeability tests are often
March 1, 2018   14:33      Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in   b3114-ch09      page 148
        148     Fluid Flow in Porous Media
        conducted using gas at low pressures because such measurements are
        quicker, safer and cheaper than measurements made at simulated
        reservoir pressures. For the lab data, it will not usually be the
        case that the pressures are much larger than P ∗ . Consequently, lab-
        measured permeabilities conducted using a gas such as nitrogen must
        always be corrected to eliminate the Klinkenberg effect, and arrive at
        the “true” permeability. In this case, it is the actual permeability k
        that we want to know, not the apparent gas permeability, kgas , which
        in this case is an experimental artefact!
             This “Klinkenberg correction” to laboratory data is achieved by
        measuring kgas over a range of pressures, and then plotting the results
        as a function of 1/P . According to Eq. (9.5.5), the data should fall
        on a straight line with a positive slope. If we then fit a straight line
        through the k versus 1/P data, and extrapolate this line back to
        1/P = 0, we can find the absolute permeability, k. This procedure is
        illustrated in Figure 9.1, adapted from p. 78 of Chierici (1994). Note
        that 1/P = 0 corresponds to very large pressures, at which the gas
        does behave like a continuum.
        Figure 9.1. Apparent “gas permeability” at low pressures, extrapolated to
        1/P = 0 to find the true permeability.
March 1, 2018   14:33   Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in     b3114-ch09                 page 149
                                                      Flow of Gases in Porous Media     149
            Note that the parameter P ∗ contains k within it as part of its
        definition, and we do not know k before we measure it! However,
        the extrapolation procedure does not require knowledge of k. The
        data can be plotted against 1/P in any units, dimensionless or not;
        extrapolation to 1/P = 0 will give the “actual” permeability.
        Problem for Chapter 9
        Problem 9.1. This problem involves a simplified model for produc-
        tion of gas from a hydraulically fractured shale gas reservoir.
            Combining Eqs. (8.1.2) and (8.1.7) leads to the following ODE
        that governs the mean pressure in a matrix block in a fractured
        reservoir:
                               dP̄m   −αkm
                                    =        (P̄m − Pf ).                             (P.1)
                                dt    φm μcm
        As mentioned in Section 9.2, in a gas reservoir the fluid compress-
        ibility term will usually greatly exceed the formation compressibility
        term, and so the total compressibility of the gas-filled matrix block
        can be approximated by cm = cgas . Furthermore, if we approximate
        the behaviour of the gas as an ideal gas, then according to Eq. (9.2.3),
        we can say that cm = cgas = 1/Pm .
        (a) Imagine that a matrix block in a gas reservoir is initially at some
            pressure Pi , after which the pressure in the surrounding fractures
            is lowered to some value Pf < Pi , and then held at that pressure.
            Approximate the term cm = 1/Pm by its initial value 1/Pi , and
            then integrate Eq. (P.1) to find the mean pressure in the matrix
            block, as a function of time. Then use Eq. (8.1.2) to find an
            expression for the rate of gas production from the matrix block
            as a function of time.
        (b) Noting that e−x will be < 0.01 when x > 5 (roughly), derive an
            expression for the time at which the production rate of gas from
            the matrix block has diminished to 1% of its initial value.
        (c) When a shale gas reservoir is hydraulically fractured, the
            interaction between the hydraulically induced fractures and the
            pre-existing microfractures and bedding planes will create a
March 1, 2018   14:33       Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in   b3114-ch09   page 150
        150      Fluid Flow in Porous Media
                network of fractures around the wellbore. Imagine that this
                fracture network breaks up the region around the wellbore into
                a collection of blocks that can be approximated by cubes of
                size L. Assuming plausible values such as L = 1 m, φm = 0.1,
                μ = 1 × 10−5 Pa s, km = 10−21 m2 , and Pi = 20 MPa, how
                long will it take for the production rate to drop to 1% of its
                initial value?
March 1, 2018   14:33    Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in   b3114-app    page 151
                                        Appendix
                           Solutions to Problems
        Problem 1.1. A well located in a 100 ft. thick reservoir having a
        permeability of 100 mD produces 100 bbl/day of oil from a 10 in.
        diameter wellbore. The viscosity of the oil is 0.4 cP. The pressure
        at a distance of 1000 ft. from the wellbore is 3000 psi. What is the
        pressure at the wellbore? Conversion factors are as follows:
                              1 barrel = 0.1589 m3 ,
                              1 Poise = 0.1 N s/m2 ,
                              1 foot = 0.3048 m,
                              1 psi = 6895 N/m2 = 6895 Pa.
        Solution: The wellbore pressure is given by Eq. (1.4.5), reprinted
        below for convenience:                                                   
                                      μQ         Rw
                           Pw = Po +        ln        .              (A.1)
                                     2πkH        Ro
        First, convert all given data into SI units:                                                
                                1 ft      0.3048 m
                Rw = (5 in)                           = 0.127 m,
                               12 in         1 ft                                            
                                   0.3048 m
                Ro = (1000 ft)                  = 304.8 m,
                                      1 ft                                           
                                 0.3048 m
                 H = (100 ft)                  = 30.48 m,
                                     1 ft
                                                 151
March 1, 2018   14:33          Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in   b3114-app   page 152
        152     Fluid Flow in Porous Media
                                                                                            1P      0.1 Pa s
                        μ = (0.4 cP)                      = 4 × 10−4 Pa s,
                                     100 cP      1P                                                                 
                                         1D        0.987 × 10−12 m2
                        k = (100 mD)
                                       1000 mD            1D
                      = 9.87 × 10−14 m2 ,                                                             
                              bbl    0.1589 m3    1 day      1 hr
                    Q = 100
                             day         bbl      24 hr    3600 sec
                         = 1.84 × 10−4 m3 /s.
        Plugging these values into Eq. (A.1), and then converting the answer
        back into psi, gives
                                                                       
                           (4 × 10−4 Pa s)(1.84 × 10−4 m3 /s) ln 0.127
                 Pw − Po =                                        304.8
                                                                          ,
                                 2π(9.87 × 10−14 m2 )(30.48 m)
                                               
                                         1 psi
                         = −30310 Pa              = −4.4 psi.
                                        6895 Pa
                 ⇒        Pw = Po − 4.4 psi = 3000 − 4.4 psi = 2995.6 psi.
        Problem 1.2. Carry out a derivation of the diffusion equation
        for spherically-symmetric flow, in analogy to the derivation given
        in Section 1.7 for radial flow. (This equation can be used to model
        flow to a well in situations when only a small length of the well has
        been perforated, in which case the large-scale flow field will, at early
        times, be roughly spherical). The result of your derivation should be
        an equation similar to Eq. (1.7.8), but with a slightly different term
        on the right-hand side.
        Solution: The derivation is essentially the same as for the cylindrical
        geometry; the only difference being that we use a spherical shell of
        radius R and thickness ΔR, rather than a cylindrical shell.
            So, the cross-sectional area normal to the flow will be 4πR2 rather
        than 2πRH, and the volume of the shell will be 4πR2 ΔR rather than
        2πRHΔR. For clarity, the derivation will be presented step-by-step,
March 1, 2018    14:33           Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in        b3114-app                page 153
                                                                          Solutions to Problems   153
        starting with Eq. (1.5.4), which is generic
                         [A(x)ρ(x)q(x) − A(x + Δx)ρ(x + Δx)q(x + Δx)]Δt
                               = m(t + Δt) − m(t).                                            (A.2)
        Replace x with R, and note that A(R) = 4πR2
                  [4πR2 ρ(R)q(R) − 4π(R + ΔR)2 ρ(R + ΔR)q(R + ΔR)]Δt
                          = m(t + Δt) − m(t).                                                 (A.3)
        As before, divide by Δt, and let Δt → 0, to find
                                                                                           dm
                4π[R2 ρ(R)q(R) − (R + ΔR)2 ρ(R + ΔR)q(R + ΔR)] =                               .
                                                                                            dt
                                                                                               (A.4)
        On the right side:
                                   m = ρφV = ρφ4πR2 ΔR,                                       (A.5)
                                 dm    d(ρφ4πR2 ΔR)        d(ρφ)
                           ⇒         =              = 4πR2       ΔR.                          (A.6)
                                  dt        dt               dt
        Equate Eqs. (A.4) and (A.5), divide by ΔR, and let ΔR → 0. The
        4π terms cancel out, leaving
                                               d(ρqR2 )      d(ρφ)
                                          −             = R2       .                          (A.7)
                                                 dR            dt
        Equation (A.7) is the spherical-flow version of the conservation of
        mass equation.
            Now use Darcy’s law in the form of Eq. (1.1.5) for q on the left
        side of Eq. (A.7), use Eq. (1.6.1) on the right side, and then divide
        through by k/μ, to get                                                    
                                 d            2 dP           ρμφ(cf + cφ )R2 dP
                                         ρR              =                      .             (A.8)
                                dR             dR                   k        dt
March 1, 2018   14:33                Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in             b3114-app            page 154
        154     Fluid Flow in Porous Media
            Expand out the left side using the product rule for derivatives,
        treating ρ and R2 (dP/dR) as the two terms:
                                                                      
                 d            2 dP         dρ      2 dP        d      2 dP
                         ρR              =       R        +ρ        R
                dR             dR          dR        dR       dR        dR
                                                                              
                                             dρ dP        2 dP         d      2 dP
                                         =              R         +ρ        R
                                             dP dR          dR       dR         dR
                                                       2                 
                                                     dP         d        dP
                                         = ρcf R2          +ρ        R2       .                      (A.9)
                                                     dR        dR        dR
        For liquids, the first term on the right of Eq. (A.9) is usually negligible
        compared to the second, so Eq. (A.8) becomes
                                                       
                                      d            dP           ρμφ(cf + cφ )R2 dP
                                 ρ            R2            =                      .                (A.10)
                                     dR            dR                  k        dt
        Cancel out ρ from both sides, and rename (cf + cφ ) as ct , to obtain
        the diffusion equation for spherically symmetric flow:                                                                                 
                                          dP    k 1 d                          dP
                                             =                            R2        .               (A.11)
                                          dt   φμct R2 dR                      dR
            The solution for the “spherical point source” in an infinite
        reservoir, including wellbore storage effects, can be found in Brigham
        et al. (1980). The effect of wellbore skin was included in Joseph and
        Koederitz (1985). Spherical flow is also discussed in some detail in
        Stanislav and Kabir (1990).
        Problem 2.1. A well with 3 in. radius is located in a 40 ft. thick
        reservoir that has a permeability of 30 mD and a porosity of 0.20. The
        total compressibility of the oil-rock system is 3×10−5 /psi. The initial
        pressure in the reservoir is 2800 psi. The well produces 448 bbl/day
        of oil that has a viscosity of 0.4 cP. Conversion factors can be found
        in Problem 1.1.
March 1, 2018   14:33         Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in        b3114-app                page 155
                                                                       Solutions to Problems   155
        Solution: First, convert all data to SI units:
                                                                          1 ft     0.3048 m
             Rw = (3 in)                          = 0.0762 m,
                            12 in        1 ft                                      
                             0.3048 m
              H = (40 ft)                = 12.19 m,
                                1 ft                                                
                                 1P       0.1 Pa s
               μ = (0.4 cP)                          = 4 × 10−4 Pa s,
                               100 cP         1P                                                 
                               0.987 × 10−15 m2
               k = (30 mD)                          = 2.96 × 10−14 m2 ,
                                     1 mD                                                           
                        bbl 1 day           1 hr      0.1589 m3
              Q = 448
                        day 24 hr        3600 sec        1 bbl
                                   m3
                        = 8.24 × 10−4  ,
                                    s                                                
                              −5          1 psi
                   c = (3 × 10 /psi)               = 4.35 × 10−9 /Pa,
                                         6895 Pa                                           
                                    6895 Pa
                  Pi = (2800 psi)              = 19.31 × 106 Pa.
                                      1 psi
        (a) How long will it take in order for the line source solution to be
        applicable at the wellbore wall?
        According to Eq. (2.3.1), the time required for the line source solution
        to be applicable at the wellbore wall will be
                  0.25φμcRw 2
          t>
                       k
                   0.25(0.2)(0.0004 Pa s)(4.35 × 10−9 /Pa)(0.0762 m)2
                =                                                     = 0.017 s!
                                    (2.96 × 10−14 m2 )
                                                                          (A.12)
        So, for practical purposes, the assumption of an infinitely small
        borehole radius causes no problems.
        (b) What is the pressure at the wellbore after six days of production,
        according to the line source solution?
March 1, 2018   14:33           Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in   b3114-app            page 156
        156     Fluid Flow in Porous Media
        According to the line source solution, Eq. (2.1.21),
                                                        2 
                                       μQ        −φμcRw
                       Pw (t) = Pi +        Ei               .                       (A.13)
                                      4πkH          4kt
        First, calculate the pre-factor μQ/4πkH:
                 μQ    (0.0004 Pa s)(8.24 × 10−4 m3 /s)
                     =                                  = 7.27 × 104 Pa.
                4πkH    4π(2.96 × 10−14 m2 )(12.19 m)
                                                                       (A.14)
                                                        2 /4kt, when t = 6
        Now calculate the value of the variable x = φμcRw
        days = 5.184 × 10 s:
                         5
                             (0.2)(0.0004 Pa s)(4.35 × 10−9 /Pa)(0.0762 m)2
                        x=
                                    4(2.96 × 10−14 m2 )(5.184 × 105 s)
                         = 3.29 × 10−8 .                                             (A.15)
        From Table 2.1, we find:
                             −Ei(−x) = −Ei(−3.29 × 10−8 ) = 16.62.                   (A.16)
        Combine Eqs. (A.13), (A.14) and (A.16) to get:
                Pw (6 days) = 19.31 × 106 Pa − (7.27 × 104 Pa)(16.62)
                                 = (18.10 × 106 Pa)(1 psi/6895 Pa) = 2625 psi.
        (c) How long will it take in order for Jacob’s logarithmic approxima-
        tion to be valid at the wellbore?
        According to Eq. (2.4.7), the time required will be
                                                            2
                                                      25φμcRw
                                                t>            ,                      (A.17)
                                                         k
        which is 100 times greater than the time required for the line source
        solution itself to be meaningful for a well having a finite radius.
        Hence, the logarithmic approximation will be valid at the wellbore
        after only 1.7 s.
        (d) What is the pressure at the wellbore after six days of production,
        according to the logarithmic approximation?
March 1, 2018   14:33           Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in           b3114-app                   page 157
                                                                          Solutions to Problems        157
        According to Eq. (2.4.8),
                                                       2                                                             
                          μQ                      γφμcRw                    μQ
           Pw (t) = Pi +      ln                                 = Pi +         ln(γx).             (A.18)
                         4πkH                       4kt                    4πkH
        But we know from (b) that t = 6 days, x = 3.29 × 10−8 , and we also
        know that γ = 1.781, so
            Pw (t) = 19.31 × 106 Pa + (7.27 × 104 Pa) ln[1.781(3.29 × 10−8 )]
                        = 19.31 × 106 Pa − 1.21 × 106 Pa
                        = 18.10 × 106 Pa = 2625 psi.
        As expected, based on the answer to part (c), the logarithmic
        approximation gives the correct pressure at the wellbore.
        (e) Answer questions (b)–(d) for a location that is 800 ft. (horizon-
        tally) away from the wellbore.
        Using the same equations as in parts (a)–(d), we find that:
          P (R = 800 ft, t = 6 days, exact solution) = 2791 psi,
          P (R = 800 ft, t = 6 days, logarithmic approximation) = 2795 psi.
        So, the logarithmic approximation gives a drawdown of 5 psi, whereas
        the actual drawdown is 9 psi! This is consistent with the fact that,
        according to Eq. (2.4.7), the logarithmic approximation will not be
        accurate at a radius of 800 ft. until 207 days have elapsed.
        Problem 2.2. A well with a radius of 0.3 ft. produces 200 bbl/day
        of oil, with viscosity 0.6 cP, from a 20 ft. thick reservoir. The wellbore
        pressures are as follows:
        t (mins)         0      5        10        20      60      120     480      1440     2880    5760
        Pw (psi)        4000   3943    3938       3933   3926      3921    3911     3904     3899    3894
        Estimate the permeability and the storativity of the reservoir, using
        the semi-log method presented in Section 2.6.
March 1, 2018   14:33       Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in   b3114-app   page 158
        158     Fluid Flow in Porous Media
        Solution: First, plot the well pressure versus the logarithm of time;
        it is not necessary to convert the data to SI units (see Figure A.1).
             Next, look for a straight line at late times, and find its slope:
                                                    
           ΔP  4004 − 3890                   6895 Pa
          
        m=         =          = 7.07 psi ×             = 48758 Pa.
            Δ ln t    7(2.303)                  psi
        Note 1: 4004 psi is the value obtained by extrapolating the straight
        line back to t = 0.001 min. We use this time for convenience, so that
        Δt covers an integral number of log cycles; this time has no physical
        significance.
        Note 2: Δ ln t has the same numerical value regardless of which units
        are used for t! In this case, Δt = “seven orders of magnitude”, so
        Δ ln t = 7(ln 10) = 7(2.303).
            Now, calculate k from Eq. (2.6.4). To do this, first convert the
        data to SI units:                                             
                                 0.001 Pa s
              μ = 0.6 cP ×                        = 0.0006 Pa s,
                                    cP
                        bbl   0.1589 m3    day    hr              −4 m
                                                                        3
            Q = 200         ×           ×      ×       = 3.68 × 10        ,
                        day      bbl      24 hr 3600 s                s
           H = 20 ft × (0.3048 m/ft) = 6.096 m,
                     μQ      (0.0006 Pa s)(3.68 × 10−4 m3 /s)
                k=         =
                   4πmH          4π(48, 758 Pa)(6.096 m)                                                      
                            −14             1 mD
                 = 5.91 × 10    m 2
                                                         = 59.9 mD.
                                      0.987 × 10−15 m2
        Note that the “exact value”, i.e. the value used to generate the
        synthetic pressure data, was 60 mD.
            To estimate the storativity term, φc, extrapolate the straight
        line back to the initial pressure, 4000 psi (see Figure A.1). The
        extrapolated line crosses the horizontal line Pw = 4000 psi at t∗ =
        0.0016 min = 0.096 sec. We then use Eq. (2.6.5) to calculate φc.
March 1, 2018   14:33           Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in        b3114-app                page 159
                                                                         Solutions to Problems   159
        Figure A.1. Semi-log plot of pressure used in the estimation of reservoir
        properties.
        First, we need to convert the wellbore radius to SI units: Rw =
        (0.3 ft) × (0.3048 m/ft) = 0.0914 m. Finally, using Eq. (2.6.5), we find
                               2.246kt∗   2.246(5.91 × 10−14 m2 )(0.096 s)
                        φc =        2
                                        =
                                 μRw          (0.0006 Pa s)(0.0914 m)2
                          = 2.54 × 10−9 /Pa.
        Problem 3.1. Which, if any, of the following differential equations
        are linear, and why (or why not)?
                d2 y    dy
        (a)        2
                     +y    + y = 0.
                dx      dx
                d2 y    dy
        (b)        2
                     +x    + y = 0.
                dx      dx
            d2 y      dy
        (c)    2
                  +x      + xy = 0.
            dx        dx
        Solution: The main test to see if an equation is linear is that a linear
        differential equation can only contain the dependent variable (in this
        case, y), or its derivatives, to the first power. If the equation contains
        y or any of its derivatives taken to a higher power, or multiplied
        together, then it is nonlinear. So, terms such as y(dy/dx) will make
        the equation nonlinear.
March 1, 2018   14:33        Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in   b3114-app      page 160
        160     Fluid Flow in Porous Media
            By this rule, it seems that Eq. (a) is nonlinear, but Eqs. (b) and
        (c) are linear. Note that multiplying y by the independent variable x
        is OK — this will not make the equation nonlinear. However, just to
        be sure, we should also check the basic definition of linearity. So, let
        us denote the “operator” in Eq. (a) by “M (y)”, then plug y = y1 +y2
        into M (y), and see what we get:
                           d2 (y1 + y2 )              d(y1 + y2 )
           M (y1 + y2 ) =          2
                                         + (y1 + y2 )             + (y1 + y2 )
                                dx                        dx
                                                                   
                           d2 y1 d2 y2                   dy1 dy2
                         =       +        + (y1 + y2 )       +        + (y1 + y2 )
                           dx2       dx2                 dx      dx
                           d2 y1 d2 y2          dy1      dy1       dy2
                         =     2
                                  +     2
                                           + y1     + y2      + y1
                           dx        dx         dx       dx        dx
                                 dy2
                           + y2      + y1 + y2
                                 dx
                            2                      2                      
                             d y1         dy1            d y2       dy2
                         =         + y1       + y1 +           + y2     + y2
                             dx2          dx              dx2       dx
                                    dy2      dy1
                             + y1       + y2
                                    dx       dx
                                                dy2       dy1
                         = M (y1 ) + M (y2 ) + y1    + y2     .
                                                 dx       dx
        Because of the terms such as y1 (dy2 /dx), in general it will not be true
        that M (y1 + y2 ) = M (y1 ) + M (y2 ) for arbitrary y1 and y2 ; therefore,
        Eq. (a) is nonlinear. Similarly, we can show that Eqs. (b) and (c) are
        linear.
            Additionally, to rigorously verify linearity, we must also check
        that M (cy) = cM (y) for any function y and any constant c. It is
        easy to see that Eq. (a) also fails this test, but (b) and (c) satisfy
        this criterion.
            The property of linearity is crucial, because all the standard
        methods used to solve the diffusion equation (Laplace transforms,
        eigenfunction expansions, Green’s functions, etc.) work only for linear
        equations.
        Problem 3.2. Find an expression for the wellbore pressure in a
        vertical well drilled into an infinite reservoir, if the production rate
March 1, 2018    14:33       Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in                  b3114-app                page 161
                                                                                Solutions to Problems   161
        increases linearly as a function of time according to Q(t) = Q∗ t/t∗ ,
        where Q∗ and t∗ are constants. Use convolution, in the form of either
        Eq. (3.4.6) or Eq. (3.4.10), and recall that ΔPQ (R, t) for a well in an
        infinite reservoir is given by Eq. (3.3.6).
        Solution: According to Eq. (3.4.10), the drawdown due to an
        arbitrary flow rate Q(t) can be found from the solution for constant
        flow rate by evaluating the following convolution integral:
                                                     t
                                                                  dΔPQ (R, t − τ )
                           ΔP (R, t) =                    Q(τ )                    dτ.             (A.19)
                                                  0                     dt
        where ΔPQ (R, t), given by Eq. (3.3.6), is the drawdown per unit flow
        rate for the case of constant flow rate:
                                                           
                                        −μ         −φμcR2
                         ΔPQ (R, t) =        Ei
                                       4πkH           4kt
                                              ∞
                                         μ            e−u
                                    =                     du.         (A.20)
                                       4πkH φμcR2 u
                                                                      4kt
        Using the chain rule on the term on the right side of Eq. (A.20), the
        derivative appearing in Eq. (A.19) is found to be
                                                      	
                 dΔPQ (R, t)    −μ exp(−φμcR2 /4kt) d(φμcR2 /4kt)
                             =
                    dt         4πkH     (φμcR2 /4kt)     dt
                                 μ            2
                             =       exp−(φμcR /4kt) .          (A.21)
                               4πkHt
        Using Q(t) = Q∗ t/t∗ and Eq. (A.21) in Eq. (A.19), we find
                                       ∞                                   2
                                             Q∗ τ μ exp−[φμcR /4k(t−τ )]
                     ΔP (R, t) =                                         dτ.                       (A.22)
                                    0       4πkHt∗       (t − τ )
                We now make the following change of variables:
                      φμcR2                                   φμcR2                         φμcR2
                x=                 →         τ =t−                              →   dτ =          dx.
                     4k(t − τ )                                4kx                           4kx2
                                                                                                  (A.23)
March 1, 2018   14:33           Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in          b3114-app            page 162
        162     Fluid Flow in Porous Media
        Note that τ is the integration variable in Eq. (A.22), whereas t is
        just a parameter. We also need to change the limits of integration:
                                                                  φμcR2
                                       when τ = 0,            x=        ,                   (A.24)
                                                                    kt
                                       when τ = t,            x = ∞.                        (A.25)
        Inserting Eqs. (A.23–A.25) into Eq. (A.22) gives
                                                     ∞                       
                                  Q∗ μ                               φμcR2         e−x
                     ΔP (R, t) =                                  t−                   dx
                                 4πkHt∗               φμcR2           4kx           x
                                                       4kt
                                                     ∞
                                     Q∗ μt          e−x
                                  =                     dx
                                    4πkHt∗    φμcR2  x
                                               4kt
                                                        ∞
                                        Q∗ μt    φμcR2           e−x
                                     −                               dx.                    (A.26)
                                       4πkHt∗      4kt     φμcR2 x2
                                                                         4kt
            The first integral on the right side in Eq. (A.26) is, aside from
        the sign, the Ei function, and noting that Q(t) = Q∗ t/t∗ , thus far
        we have:
                                                   
                               −μQ(t)       −φμcR2
                   ΔP (R, t) =         Ei
                                4πkH           4kt
                                                 ∞
                                 μQ(t) φμcR2              e−x
                               −                              dx.     (A.27)
                                 4πkH       4kt     φμcR2 x2
                                                                          4kt
        To evaluate the remaining integral, we use integration-by-parts, with
        the following choices for “u” and “v”:
                                          −1                                          1
                    u = e−x ,    dv =        dx,          du = −e−x dx,         v=      .   (A.28)
                                          x2                                          x
        The integral in Eq. (A.27) can now be evaluated as follows:
                   ∞                       	∞           ∞
                        −e−x      e−x                         e−x        e−w
                             dx =                 +               dx = −     − Ei(−w).
                 w       x2        x          w           w    x          w
                                                                                     (A.29)
March 1, 2018   14:33   Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in        b3114-app                page 163
                                                                 Solutions to Problems   163
        Using result (A.29) in Eq. (A.27) gives
                                                                 −μQ(t)       −φμcR2
         ΔP (R, t) =          Ei
                       4πkH           4kt
                                           ⎡ „ −φμcR2 «                 ⎤
                                               4kt                 
                        μQ(t) φμcR ⎢ e 2                      −φμcR ⎥
                                                                    2
                      −                    ⎣ 
 φμcR2  + Ei             ⎦.
                        4πkH       4kt                          4kt
                                                           4kt
                                                                                    (A.30)
        This result can be written in dimensionless form as
                                                             	
                           1         1                   −1/4tD
           ΔPD (R, t) = −       1+        Ei(−1/4tD ) + e         ,                 (A.31)
                           2        4tD
        where the dimensionless time is defined in the usual way as
                                                   kt
                                         tD =          ,                            (A.32)
                                                 φμcR2
        and the dimensionless drawdown is defined as
                                         2πkHΔP (t)
                            ΔPD (R, t) =            .                               (A.33)
                                            μQ(t)
            When tD > 50, the exponential approximation can be used for
        the Ei function, the term e−1/4tD is essentially equal to 1, and the
        term 1/4tD is negligible compared to 1, in which case Eq. (A.31)
        reduces to
                           1                        1
           ΔPD (R, t) = − [ln(1/4tD ) + ln γ + 1] = [ln(4tD ) − ln γ − 1]
                           2                        2
                         1                           1
                      = (ln 4 + ln tD − ln γ − 1) = (ln tD − 0.191).
                         2                           2
                                                                      (A.34)
        The graph of the dimensionless drawdown versus dimensionless time
        is shown in Figure A.2, with the exact solution shown by the solid
        curve, and the late-time approximation shown by the dashed curve.
        The dotted vertical line at tD = 50 indicates the time at which the
        approximate solution becomes accurate to within 1%.
            Dimensionless drawdown versus dimensionless time, as given by
        the exact expression, Eq. (A.31), and the approximate expression,
        Eq. (A.34).
March 1, 2018   14:33       Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in   b3114-app            page 164
        164     Fluid Flow in Porous Media
        Figure A.2. Dimensionless drawdown versus Dimensionless time, as given by the
        exact expression, Eq. (A.31), and the approximate expression, Eq. (A.34).
        Problem 4.1. As explained in Section 4.2, a doubling of the slope on
        a semi-log plot of drawdown versus time indicates the presence of an
        impermeable linear fault. The drawdown data can also be used to find
        the distance from the well to the fault, as follows. If we plot the data and
        then fit two straight lines through the early-time and late-time data, the
        time at which these lines intersect is called tDw . Show that the distance
        to the fault is then given by the equation d = (0.5615tDw )1/2 Rw .
        Solution: According to Section 4.2, in the time regime defined by
                                    25 < tDw < 0.3(d/Rw )2 ,                     (A.35)
        the drawdown is essentially that of a well in an infinite reservoir, i.e.
        Eq. (4.2.7):                                                          
                                        μQ         2.246kt
                        Pw (t) = Pi −         ln        2
                                                             .         (A.36)
                                      4πkH         φμcRw
        In the time regime defined by
                                        tDw > 100(d/Rw )2 ,                      (A.37)
        the drawdown in the production well is described by Eq. (4.2.10)                                                               	
                         μQ       2.246kt      μQ         2.246kt
          Pw (t) = Pi −      ln        2
                                            −       ln              . (A.38)
                        4πkH      φμcRw       4πkH       φμc(2d)2
March 1, 2018   14:33      Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in        b3114-app                page 165
                                                                    Solutions to Problems   165
            Figure A.3. Intersection of the two lines given by Eqs. (A.36) and (A.38).
            Both Eqs. (A.36) and (A.38) yield straight lines on a semi-log
        plot of Pw versus ln t (see Figure A.3). The time at which these two
        lines cross is found by setting the two pressures, from Eqs. (A.36)
        and (A.38), equal to each other. They will only be equal if the third
        term in Eq. (A.38) is zero, i.e. if                                                   	
                                μQ          2.246kt
                                     ln               = 0.            (A.39)
                               4πkH       φμc(2d)2
        But ln x will be zero only when x = 1, which occurs when
                                                                      0.5615kt
                        2.246kt = φμc(2d)2             →       d2 =            .       (A.40)
                                                                         φμc
        In dimensionless form, this can be written as
         d2   0.5615kt
          2
            =       2
                        = 0.5615tDw               →       d = 0.749(tDw )1/2 Rw .    (A.41)
         Rw    φμcRw
        Problem 4.2. The curves in Figure 4.5 were drawn for the case
        d = 200Rw . What would the curves look like for the case of a fault
        located at a distance d = 400Rw ?
        Solution: Based on the discussion given in the solution to
        Problem 4.1, we see that at early times, the drawdown will still be
March 1, 2018   14:33       Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in   b3114-app               page 166
        166     Fluid Flow in Porous Media
        given by Eq. (A.36). At a time defined by Eq. (A.41), the pressure
        will veer off along another straight line with twice the slope of the
        original line. All other factors being equal, the time at which the
        second line diverges from the original line will scale according to d2 .
            Hence, if d increases by a factor of 2, the time at which the
        second curve veers off from the first will be increased by a factor of
        4. But the time axis is plotted logarithmically, so this has the effect
        of shifting the second curve to the right by an amount log10 (4), as in
        Figure A.4.
        Problem 4.3. Consider a well-located equidistant from two orthogo-
        nal boundaries, as in Figure 4.3, but imagine that the boundaries are
        constant-pressure boundaries, rather than impermeable boundaries.
        How would you utilise the method of images to find the drawdown
        in this well?
        Solution: Recall that to account for one constant-pressure linear
        boundary, we positioned an image well symmetrically across the
        boundary, and we made it an injection well.
            This method works because the drawdown caused by image well
        1 along the vertical line in Figure A.5 is equal in magnitude, but
        Figure A.4. If the distance to the fault is doubled, the drawdown curve is shifted
        to the right by log10 (4).
March 1, 2018   14:33      Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in        b3114-app                page 167
                                                                    Solutions to Problems   167
        Figure A.5. Image well (injector) required in order to cause the vertical dotted
        line to become a constant-pressure boundary.
        Figure A.6. Actual production well and two image (injection) wells. Image well
        1 is located so as to cancel out the drawdown due to the actual well along the
        vertical dotted line; image well 2 does the same for the horizontal line.
        opposite in sign, to that caused by the actual production well. So,
        if we have two constant-pressure boundaries intersecting at right
        angles, we might try to install two image wells as injectors (−), one
        located symmetrically to the actual well (+) with respect to the
        vertical boundary, and one located symmetrically to the actual well
        with respect to the horizontal boundary, as in Figure A.6.
            However, this is still not quite correct, because image well 2
        will cause a drawdown along the vertical boundary that is not
        compensated for by either the actual well or the first image well.
March 1, 2018   14:33       Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in   b3114-app             page 168
        168     Fluid Flow in Porous Media
        Figure A.7. Inclusion of a third image well, to cancel out the unwanted drawdown
        due to well 2 along the vertical dotted line, and to cancel out the drawdown due
        to well 1 along the horizontal dotted line.
        We therefore need another well to cancel out the drawdown caused
        by image well 2 along the vertical boundary. This can be achieved by
        placing another production well (well 3, +) in a position symmetric
        to well 2 with respect to the vertical boundary, as in Figure A.7.
        Note that image well 3 will also cancel out the drawdown that well
        1 causes along the horizontal boundary.
            To check that this configuration is correct, let us examine the
        drawdown due to these four wells. Consider a generic point in the
        reservoir, located at distance R from the actual well, distance R1
        from well 1, etc., as in Figure A.8.
            From inspection of Figure A.8, the total drawdown can be
        written as                                                                 
         4πkH[P (R, t) − Pi ]              −φμcR2           −φμcR32
                              = Ei                   + Ei
               μQ                            4kt              4kt                                                                   
                                             −φμcR12          −φμcR22
                                      − Ei             − Ei             .        (A.42)
                                               4kt              4kt
        Now consider a point that lies on the horizontal constant-pressure
        boundary, such as in Figure A.9.
March 1, 2018   14:33      Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in        b3114-app                page 169
                                                                    Solutions to Problems   169
            Figure A.8. Image wells and distances to a generic point in the reservoir.
        Figure A.9. Radius variables for a point located on the horizontal constant-
        pressure boundary.
           Note that R2 = R and R3 = R1 , so from Eq. (A.42) the total
        drawdown at this point can be written as                                                            
          4πkH[P (R, t) − Pi ]        −φμcR2           −φμcR12
                               = Ei             + Ei
                 μQ                     4kt              4kt                                                              
                                        −φμcR12          −φμcR2
                                 − Ei             − Ei             = 0,
                                          4kt              4kt
                                                                   (A.43)
March 1, 2018   14:33       Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in    b3114-app            page 170
        170     Fluid Flow in Porous Media
        which proves that the pressure along the horizontal boundary
        remains at Pi at all times.
            The same is true for a point along the vertical dotted line,
        thus proving that we have constructed the solution for a well
        symmetrically bounded by two orthogonal, intersecting constant-
        pressure boundaries.
            Finally, the drawdown in the actual well is found
                                                         √    from Eq. (A.42)
        by setting R = Rw , R1 = R2 = 2d, and R3 = 2 2d, to get
              4πkH[Pw (t) − Pi ]
                    μQ                                                                
                        −φμcRw   2          −2φμcd2           −φμcd2
                 = Ei                + Ei             − 2Ei            .
                           4kt                kt                kt
                                                                      (A.44)
        Problem 5.1. Imagine a wellbore that is filled with liquid only up to
        some height h above the top of the reservoir. The liquid has density
        ρ. Even if this liquid were incompressible, a wellbore storage effect
        would still occur, due to the raising or lowering of the fluid column.
        Derive an expression for the wellbore storage coefficient Cs in this
        case.
        Solution: The basic definition of the wellbore storage coefficient is
        embodied in Eq. (5.3.2):
                                                 dPw
                                      Qsf − Qwh = Cs .                (A.45)
                                                  dt
        Consider an increment of time Δt. The net flow of fluid into the
        well during this time period will be (Qsf − Qwh )Δt. This must equal
        the change in the volume of fluid stored in the well, which is AΔh,
        where A is the cross-sectional area of the well. Inserting these two
        expressions into Eq. (A.45) gives
                                                               dh
                                        Qsf − Qwh = A             .               (A.46)
                                                               dt
        Equating the two expressions (A.45) and (A.46) shows that
        Cs (dPw /dt) = A(dh/dt). The pressure in the liquid at the top of
        the reservoir will be ρgh, so dPw /dt = ρg(dh/dt), which shows that
        Cs ρg = A, which in turn implies that Cs = A/ρg.
March 1, 2018   14:33        Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in        b3114-app                page 171
                                                                      Solutions to Problems   171
        Problem 6.1. Starting with the expression for the pressure
        drawdown, Eq. (6.4.6), show that the transition regime for a
        closed circular reservoir with constant production rate ends when
        t ≈ 0.3φμcRe2 /k.
        Hints:
        (a) e−x ≈ 0 when x > 4, so all terms in the series will be negligible
            when λ2n tD > 4 for all n.
        (b) When RDe is large, the first eigenvalue, λ1 , defined as the
            smallest value of λ that satisfies Eq. (6.4.4), is very small. This
            fact should help you to estimate the value of λ1 as a function of
            RDe , by making the reasonable assumption that λ1 is inversely
            proportional to RDe .
        (c) Make use of Eqs. (6.2.37), (6.2.39) and (6.2.48) and Figure 6.3.
        Solution: Recall from Section (6.4) that the wellbore pressure for a
        constant flow rate well in a closed circular reservoir is given by
                                                             ∞
                                         3  2J12 (λn RDe )e−λn tD
                                                                                       2
                         2tD
           ΔPDw (tD ) = 2 + ln RDe − +                                          ,
                         RDe             4       λ2 [J 2 (λn RDe ) − J12 (λn )]
                                            n=1 n 1
                                                                           (A.47)
        in which the eigenvalues λn are defined, implicitly, as the roots of the
        following equation:
                          J1 (λn )Y1 (λn RDe ) − Y1 (λn )J1 (λn RDe ) = 0,                 (A.48)
        and the dimensionless variables are defined as in Section 6.3.
            The transition regime ends when all of the exponential terms in
        Eq. (A.47) are negligible, which we can define to occur when the
        values of the exponentials are all less than 0.01. Since e−4.6 = 0.01,
        we can say that an exponential term e−x ≈ 0 will be “negligible”
        when the variable x is greater than 4.6.
            Recall from Eq. (6.2.48) that there will always be an infinite
        number of positive eigenvalues λn , such that
                             0 < λ1 < λ2 < λ3 < · · · < λn < · · · .                       (A.49)
        Equation (A.49) implies that
                    0 < λ21 tD < λ22 tD < λ23 tD < · · · < λ2n tD < · · · ,                (A.50)
March 1, 2018   14:33          Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in           b3114-app            page 172
        172     Fluid Flow in Porous Media
        which in turn implies that
                        2           2             2                     2
                  e−λ1 tD > e−λ2 tD > e−λ3 tD > · · · > e−λn tD > · · · .                   (A.51)
        Hence, if we want each exponential term to be less than 0.01, we only
        need to check that the first term is < 0.01. This will occur when
                                                                        4.6
                                    λ21 tD > 4.6         →       tD >       .               (A.52)
                                                                        λ21
        So, our main task is to estimate the value of λ1 , the smallest
        eigenvalue, which is the smallest value of λ that satisfies Eq. (A.48):
                            J1 (λn )Y1 (λn RDe ) − Y1 (λn )J1 (λn RDe ) = 0.                (A.53)
            Physically, we expect that the time required for the transition
        period to end will be larger for larger reservoirs, and vice versa. So,
        Eq. (A.52) implies that we should expect that as RDe increases, λ1
        will decrease, and, in the limit,
                                        λ1 → 0 as           RDe → ∞.                        (A.54)
        Since relevant values of RDe are usually >100, we know that the root
        of Eq. (A.53) that we are looking for will be very close to zero. Let us
        now make the reasonable assumption that λ1 and RDe are inversely
        related, i.e. λ1 = c/RDe , for some constant c, whose value we do not
        yet know.
            We must now examine all the terms in Eq. (A.48), and see if we
        can simplify them when λ1 is very small. First, recall from Eq. (6.3.5)
        that
                                            dJ0 (x)                         dY0 (x)
                             J1 (x) ≡ −             ,      Y1 (x) ≡ −               .       (A.55)
                                              dx                              dx
        Next, recall from Eq. (6.2.37) that for small values of x,
                                                            x2
                                         J0 (x) = 1 −          + ··· .                      (A.56)
                                                            4
        Combining Eqs. (A.55) and (A.56) shows that, for small x,
                                                 −dJ0 (x)  x
                                    J1 (x) =              = + ··· .                         (A.57)
                                                   dx      2
March 1, 2018   14:33          Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in        b3114-app                page 173
                                                                        Solutions to Problems   173
        Next, recall the definition of Y0 (x) given by Eq. (6.2.39)
                                               ∞
                           2                 2  (−1)n hn 2n
                   Y0 (x) = ln(γx/2)J0 (x) −               x .                             (A.58)
                           π                 π   (n!)2 22n
                                                               n=1
            For small x, all the terms in the series will be very small. Also,
        we know from Eq. (A.56) that J0 (x) ≈ 1 for small x. Hence, we see
        from Eq. (A.58) that, for small x,
                           2           2                      2
                Y0 (x) ≈     ln(γx/2) = (ln x + ln γ − ln 2) ≈ ln x,                       (A.59)
                           π           π                      π
        where we retain only the ln x term, because this is the only term
        that becomes large in magnitude as x becomes small. Now, using the
        second equation in Eq. (A.55), we have
                                                    
                               dY0 (x)      d 2          −2
                    Y1 (x) = −         ≈−        ln x =      .      (A.60)
                                 dx        dx π          πx
        With our assumption that λ1 = c/RDe , Eq. (A.48) takes the form
                                  J1 (λ1 )Y1 (c) − Y1 (λ1 )J1 (c) = 0.                     (A.61)
        Now, λ1 is small, and c is some (albeit unknown) finite number, so
        we can use Eq. (A.57) for J1 (λ1 ), and Eq. (A.60) for Y1 (λ1 ), to find
                                   λ1           2
                                      Y1 (c) +     J1 (c) = 0,
                                   2           πλ1
                                                  πλ21            πc2
                           →       J1 (c) = −          Y1 (c) = − 2 Y1 (c).                (A.62)
                                                   4             4RDe
            As RDe gets very large, which in practice will always will be the
        case, the right-hand side of Eq. (A.62) goes to zero. Hence, the left-
        hand side must also go to zero. So, the value of c that we are looking
        for is the smallest value that satisfies the equation
                                                  J1 (c) = 0.                              (A.63)
        This number is called “the first zero of J1 ”, and can be found in most
        books on advanced applied mathematics. Or, we can be clever and
        recall that, by Eq. (A.55), J1 (c) will be zero when the derivative of
March 1, 2018   14:33       Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in   b3114-app            page 174
        174     Fluid Flow in Porous Media
                           Figure A.10. Bessel functions of order zero.
        J0 (c) is zero — and we can find this value of c from Figure 6.2.2,
        which is repeated in Figure A.10.
             We see from Figure A.10 that the smallest value of c for which
        the derivative J0 (c) is zero is roughly c = 3.8; the exact value is
        actually 3.83. Recalling that λ1 = c/RDe , we have
                                                       3.8
                                               λ1 ≈        .                     (A.64)
                                                       RDe
        So, criterion (A.52) for the end of the transition regime becomes
                                              4.6
                                  tD >                ≈ 0.3RDe
                                                            2
                                                               .                 (A.65)
                                          (3.8/RDe )2
            If we use Eqs. (6.2.5) and (6.2.6) to express this result in terms
        of actual physical variables, we find that the transition regime ends
        when t ≈ 0.3φμcRe2 /k. Hence, although the end of the transition
        regime seemed to depend on the wellbore radius, through the
        dependence of RDe on Rw , when Eq. (A.65) is expressed in terms
        of actual physical (dimensional) variables, it becomes clear that this
        time depends on the overall size of the reservoir, but not on the radius
        of the wellbore. This example shows that although it is convenient to
        use dimensionless parameters during the solution process, and when
        plotting the results, more physical insight can always be gained by
        eventually reverting to physical variables.
        Problem 6.2. Starting with Eq. (6.4.2), calculate the average
        pressure in the reservoir during the finite reservoir regime, tDw ≡
March 1, 2018   14:33      Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in        b3114-app                page 175
                                                                    Solutions to Problems   175
                 2 , as a function of time. Is your result consistent with the
        tD > 0.3RDe
        mass-balance embodied in Eq. (6.4.16)?
        Solution: Recall Eq. (6.4.2) for the pressure distribution in the
        reservoir:
                                    2                     	
                               1     RD
            ΔPD (RD , tD ) = 2           + 2tD − RDe ln RD
                                                   2
                            RDe − 1 2
                               4                             	
                               3RDe − 4RDe
                                         4 ln R
                                               De − 2RDe − 1
                                                       2
                            −               2 − 1)2
                                        4(RDe
                                   ∞
                                       πJ12 (λn RDe )Un (λn RD ) −λ2n tD
                                 +                                  e    .             (A.66)
                                      λ [J 2 (λn RDe ) − J12 (λn )]
                                   n=1 n 1
        When tD > 0.3RDe  2 , the terms in the series have died out, and the
        pressure is given by
                                      2                      	
                                1     RD
           ΔPD (RD , tD ) = 2              + 2tD − RDe ln RD
                                                      2
                             RDe − 1 2
                                4                              	
                                 3RDe − 4RDe
                                           4 ln R
                                                  De − 2RDe − 1
                                                          2
                             −                2 − 1)2             .   (A.67)
                                          4(RDe
                                                      2  1, we can simplify
        Since in practice it is always the case that RDe
        Eq. (A.67) to the form
                                     2
                                    RD  2tD         3
                ΔPD (RD , tD ) =     2 + 2 − ln RD − + ln RDe .                        (A.68)
                                   2RDe RDe         4
            This expression is difficult to interpret physically, so we will revert
        to dimensional variables:
                                2                                        	
                         μQ      R        2kt          R        3        Re
        P (R, t) = Pi −              +          − ln         − + ln             ,
                        2πkH 2Re2 φμcRe2               Rw       4        Rw
                                2                             	
                         μQ      R        2kt          R       3
                 = Pi −              +          − ln        −      .      (A.69)
                        2πkH 2Re2 φμcRe2               Re      4
        To find the average pressure, we must integrate the pressure through-
        out the entire reservoir, and divide by the volume of the reservoir;
March 1, 2018   14:33       Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in   b3114-app            page 176
        176     Fluid Flow in Porous Media
        i.e. in general,
                                                         
                   1                   1                 1
        	P (t)
 =        P (R, t)dV =      P (R, t)HdA =     P (R, t)dA.
                   V                  AH                 A
                                                                   (A.70)
        The second, fourth and fifth terms inside the brackets in Eq. (A.69)
        are constant, so they do not need to be integrated, as the average
        value of a constant Po is simply Po .
            To integrate the terms that vary with R, we note that dA =
        2πRdR, and so, for the R-dependent terms
                                           
                                        2π
                           	P (R, t)
 =       P (R, t)RdR.           (A.71)
                                        A
        Integrating from Rw to Re , the average value of R2 can be calculated
        to be
                           
                        2π               π  4        πRe4
                	R 
 =
                   2
                             R3 dR =        Re − Rw4
                                                       ≈      .        (A.72)
                        A               2A                2A
        But the area of the reservoir is given by
                                               
                              A = π Re2 − Rw  2
                                                  ≈ πRe2 ,                       (A.73)
        so the average value of R2 is
                                                    πRe4   Re2
                                       	R2 
 ≈           =     .                 (A.74)
                                                   2πRe2   2
        Similarly, after integrating by parts and using the fact that Re  Rw ,
        the average value of the term ln R can be found to be given by
                                                        1
                                        	ln R
 ≈ ln Re − .                       (A.75)
                                                        2
        Inserting Eqs. (A.69), (A.74) and (A.75) into Eq. (A.70), we find                                                                       	
                              μQ 	R2 
        2kt                     3
           	P (R, t)
 = Pi −             +         − 	ln R
 + ln Re −
                             2πkH 2Re2     φμcRe2                     4                                                                       	
                              μQ 1        2kt             1           3
                      = Pi −          +         − ln Re + + ln Re −
                             2πkH 4 φμcRe2                2           4
March 1, 2018   14:33      Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in        b3114-app                page 177
                                                                    Solutions to Problems   177
                                          	                                μQ   2kt
                        = Pi −
                               2πkH φμcRe2
                                   Qt
                        = Pi −            .                                            (A.76)
                                 φcπRe2 H
        The derivative of the average reservoir pressure with respect to t is
                             d	P (R, t)
      −Q       −Q
                                         =      2
                                                     =     ,                           (A.77)
                                 dt        φc(πRe H)   φcV
        which agrees with Eq. (6.4.16).
            If result (A.76) is used to write the pressure distribution (A.69)
        in terms of the mean reservoir pressure, which is usually denoted by
        P̄ instead of 	P 
, we obtain
                                         2                 	
                                  μQ     R           R      3
                 P (R, t) = P̄ −              − ln       − .            (A.78)
                                 2πkH 2Re2          Re      4
        Evaluating this expression at the wellbore, and again making use of
        the fact that Rw  Re , yields the following relation between the
        wellbore pressure and the mean reservoir pressure:                                                       	
                                     μQ         Re      3
                         Pw = P̄ −         ln        − .            (A.79)
                                    2πkH        Rw      4
        This equation leads directly to a commonly-used expression for the
        well productivity, which relates the flow rate to the difference between
        the mean reservoir pressure and the wellbore pressure (Dake, 1978,
        p. 145; Matthews and Russell, 1967, p. 13):
                                            2πkH(P̄ − Pw )
                                     Q=       
          .                          (A.80)
                                            μ ln RRwe − 34
        Problem 6.3. Starting with Eq. (6.3.2), calculate the average
        pressure in a circular reservoir with a constant pressure outer
        boundary, during the late-time regime in which all of the exponential
        terms have died out. Use this result to find an equation for the
        well productivity, which relates the production rate to the difference
        between the average reservoir pressure and the pressure at the well.
March 1, 2018   14:33         Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in   b3114-app            page 178
        178     Fluid Flow in Porous Media
        Solution: After the exponential terms have died out, Eq. (6.3.2)
        reduces to
                                                    
                                                 RD
                         ΔPD (RD , tD ) = − ln         .         (A.81)
                                                 RDe
        Using Eqs. (6.3.6) and (6.3.8) to revert to dimensional variables, the
        pressure profile is given by
                                                     
                                           μQ         R
                            P (R) = Pi +         ln      .             (A.82)
                                          2πkH       Re
        Following the same procedure as in Problem 6.2, the average reservoir
        pressure is found to be
                                                  μQ
                        P̄ ≡ 	P (R, t)
 = Pi +        [	ln R
 − ln Re ]
                                                 2πkH
                                                                       	
                                                  μQ            1
                                          = Pi +        ln Re − − ln Re
                                                 2πkH           2
                                                  
                                                  1   μQ
                                          = Pi −            ,                      (A.83)
                                                  2 2πkH
        in which we have used the result 	ln R
 = ln Re − 0.5 that was found
        in the solution to Problem 6.2.
            The pressure at the well is found from Eq. (A.82) to be given by
                                                      
                                          μQ        Rw
                             Pw = Pi +         ln        .            (A.84)
                                         2πkH       Re
        Using Eqs. (A.83) and (A.84), the difference between the mean
        reservoir pressure and the well pressure is found to be
                                                                 
                                 μQ      1             μQ        Rw
                 P̄ − Pw = Pi −              − Pi −         ln
                                2πkH 2                2πkH       Re
                                                         
                              μQ      1      μQ          Rw
                         =−              −          ln
                             2πkH 2         2πkH         Re
                                               	
                             μQ         Re      1
                         =         ln        − ,                      (A.85)
                            2πkH        Rw      2
March 1, 2018   14:33         Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in              b3114-app                page 179
                                                                             Solutions to Problems   179
        which can be rearranged to give the following expression for the well
        productivity:
                                                2πkH(P̄ − Pw )
                                         Q=       
          .                               (A.86)
                                                μ ln RRwe − 12
        Comparison of this result with the result found in Problem 6.2 shows
        that the productivity of a well in a circular reservoir with a constant-
        pressure outer boundary, when defined using the difference between
        the mean reservoir pressure and the well pressure as the “driving
        force”, differs only slightly from that of a well in a circular reservoir
        with a closed outer boundary.
        Problem 7.1. What is the Laplace transform of the function
        f (t) = e−at ?
        Solution: Recall the basic definition given in Eq. (7.1.1)
                                                
                                                                  ∞
                               L{f (t)} ≡ f (s) ≡                      f (t)e−st dt.            (A.87)
                                                               0
        If we insert f (t) = e−at into Eq. (A.87), we find
                                        ∞                            ∞
                        L{e−at } =           e−at e−st dt =                e−(s+a)t dt,
                                     0                             0
                                                    ∞
                                     −e−(s+a)t                −e−∞ + e−0    1
                                =                         =              =     .                (A.88)
                                         s+a                     s+a       s+a
                                                     0
        Therefore, L{e−at } = 1/(s + a).
            We can use this result to find the Laplace transforms of functions
        that are based on the exponential function. For example,
                                                         eat + e−at
                                         cosh(at)=                  ,
                                                              2
March 1, 2018   14:33       Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in   b3114-app            page 180
        180     Fluid Flow in Porous Media
        so:
        L{cosh(at)} = 12 (L{eat } + L{e−at })
                                	                                   	
              1    1         1        1       s+a          s−a
            =           +          =                  +
              2 s−a s+a               2 (s − a)(s + a) (s − a)(s + a)
                    s               s
            =                 = 2         .
              (s − a)(s + a)      s − a2
        Similarly, we can use the result L{e−at } = 1/(s + a) to find the
        Laplace transform of functions such as sinh(at), sin(ωt), and cos(ωt).
        Problem 7.2. Starting with the basic definition of the Laplace
        transform, Eq. (7.1.1), verify Eq. (7.1.16).
        Solution: Again, we start with the basic definition, Eq. (7.1.1):
                                   
                                           ∞
                       L{f (t)} ≡ f (s) ≡      f (t)e−st dt.         (A.89)
                                                           0
        According to this definition, the Laplace transform of the function
        f (at) is
                                        ∞
                           L{f (at)} =     f (at)e−st dt.           (A.90)
                                                     0
        Make a change of variables by defining x = at, in which case t → x/a
        and dt → dx/a, and the limits of integration remain as 0 and ∞. This
        yields
                         ∞                     
                                  −s(x/a) dx   1 ∞
           L{f (at )} =     f (x)e           =       f (x)e−(s/a)x dx. (A.91)
                         0                 a   a 0
        But in the last integral in Eq. (A.91), x is just a dummy variable, so
        we can replace it with t to get                                         
                                        1 ∞
                           L{f (at)} =        f (t)e−(s/a)t dt.        (A.92)
                                        a 0
        The integral in Eq. (A.92) is just the Laplace transform of f (t), with
        the Laplace variable s replaced by s/a. Therefore,
                                             1             1
                          L{f (at)} =          f (s)]s→s/a = f (s/a).            (A.93)
                                             a              a
March 1, 2018   14:33     Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in        b3114-app                page 181
                                                                   Solutions to Problems   181
        Problem 7.3. Using the various general properties of Laplace
        transforms, derive Eq. (7.1.19), L{tn } = n!/sn+1 , where n is any
        non-negative integer.
        Solution: Equations (7.1.17) and (7.1.18) already show that this
        expression is true for n = 0 and n = 1. We can prove the general
        formula, if we can show that “if this formula is true for an arbitrary
        value n, then it is necessarily true for n + 1”; this type of reasoning
        is called “mathematical induction”.
            Start with the fact that
                                   t
                                                tn+1
                                      τ n dτ =       .                   (A.94)
                                    0          n+1
        Now recall Eq. (7.1.10):
                               t         
                                             1
                            L      f (τ )dτ = L{f (t)}.                               (A.95)
                                 0           s
        Apply this rule, with f (t) = tn :
                          t              n+1 
                               n            t       1
                      L       τ dτ = L             = L{tn },
                            0               n + 1   s
                                                 n+1
                        i.e.     L{tn+1 } =          L{tn }.                          (A.96)
                                                  s
        Now assume that L{tn } = n!/sn+1 is true for “some” value of n.
        Inserting this into the RHS of Eq. (A.96) yields
                                            n + 1 n!   (n + 1)!
                               L{tn+1 } =            =          .                     (A.97)
                                              s sn+1     sn+2
        If L{tn } = n!/sn+1 is true for n, then Eq. (A.97) show that it is also
        true for n + 1. But we know that it is true for n = 0 because we know
        that L{t0 } = L{1} = 1/s. Hence, it is true for n = 1, and similarly
        then for n = 2, etc. This completes the proof by induction, showing
        that L{tn } = n!/sn+1 for all non-negative integers n.
        Problem 7.4. Following the steps that were taken in Section 7.2,
        use Laplace transforms to solve the problem of linear flow into a
March 1, 2018    14:33       Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in   b3114-app              page 182
        182      Fluid Flow in Porous Media
        hydraulic fracture with constant pressure in the fracture:
                                            1 dP   d2 P
                                  PDE:           =      ,                             (i)
                                            D dt   dz 2
                                     IC: P (z, t = 0) = Pi ,                         (ii)
                         far-field BC: P (z → ∞, t) = Pi ,                            (iii)
                         fracture BC: P (z = 0, t) = Pf .                            (iv)                                                                             
        First, find the pressure function in the Laplace domain, P (z, s). Next,
        find an expression for the flow rate into the fracture, in the Laplace                                                          
        domain; call it Q f (s). Lastly, invert Q f (s) to find the flow rate into
        the fracture as a function of time, Qf (t).
        Solution: First, define the Laplace transform of P (z, t):
                                        ∞                            
                            P (z, s) ≡     P (z, t)e−st dt.                        (A.98)
                                                   0
        Now, take the Laplace transform of both sides of the governing PDE,
        Eq. (i). Using Eq. (7.1.7), and initial condition (ii), the left side of
        Eq. (i) is transformed as follows:
                    
                 dP                                      
            L          = sL{P (z, t)} − P (z, t = 0) = s P (z, s) − Pi . (A.99)
                 dt
        Applying rule (7.1.27) twice, the Laplace transform of the right side
        of Eq. (i) is
                    2                            
                     d P   d2                   d2 P (z, s)
                  L D 2 = D 2 [L{P (z, t)}] = D             .                     (A.100)
                     dz    dz                      dz 2
        So, the transformed representation of Eq. (i) is the following ODE:
                                        
                                  d2 P (z, s)     
                                D       2
                                              − s P (z, s) = −Pi .                (A.101)
                                     dz
                The general solution to Eq. (A.101) is, as in Section 7.2,
                                    √           √         Pi
                                    z s/D
                      P (z, s) = Ae       + Be−z s/D + ,                   (A.102)
                                                            s
March 1, 2018   14:33    Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in            b3114-app                 page 183
                                                                      Solutions to Problems    183
        where A and B are arbitrary constants. The values of A and B are
        found by satisfying the boundary conditions. Let us start with the
        Laplace transform of the far-field BC, Eq. (iii). First, for the left-hand
        side,
                                                    ∞
              L{P (z = ∞, t)} = L{ lim P (z, t)} =       lim P (z, t)e−st dt
                                        z→∞                       0    z→∞
                                              ∞
                                = lim              P (z, t)e−st dt
                                   z→∞ 0                                                         
                                = lim P (z, s) = P (z → ∞, s).                             (A.103)
                                   z→∞
        Now, take the Laplace transform of the right side of Eq. (iii):
                                                                          Pi
                         L{Pi } = L{Pi · 1} = Pi L{1} =                      .             (A.104)
                                                                          s
                                                                                       
        So, the far-field BC for the transformed pressure function P (z, s) is
                                                             Pi
                                     P (z → ∞, s) =              .                         (A.105)
                                                              s
        By the same method, the transformed version of Eq. (iv) is
                                                           Pf
                                      P (z = 0, s) =           .                           (A.106)
                                                             s
           We now use the boundary conditions (A.105–A.106) to find the
        constants A and B in the solution (A.102). The far-field boundary
        condition, Eq. (A.105), shows that A must be zero. The fracture BC,
        Eq. (A.106), implies that
                                                   Pi   Pf
                              P (z = 0, s) = B +       =    ,
                                                    s     s
                                               Pf − Pi
                                    →       B=         .                                   (A.107)
                                                  s
        The solution to this problem in the Laplace domain is therefore
                                        (Pf − Pi ) −z √s/D Pi
                          P (z, s) =               e       + .                             (A.108)
                                             s              s
March 1, 2018   14:33       Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in         b3114-app             page 184
        184     Fluid Flow in Porous Media
            Next, to find an expression for the flow rate into the fracture in
        the Laplace domain, we start by applying Darcy’s law at the fracture
        in the time domain
                                                 kA dP (z = 0, t)
                                   Qf (t) =                       .                    (A.109)
                                                  μ      dz
        We now take the Laplace transform of both sides of Eq. (A.109).
        First, on the left side, by definition                                                           
                                        L{Qf (t)} = Q f (s).                           (A.110)
        Now transform the right side of Eq. (A.109), using rule (7.1.27):
                                                                              
                kA dP (z = 0, t)         kA          dP (z = 0, t)         kA d P (z = 0, s)
        L                              =    L                            =                   .
                 μ      dz                μ               dz                μ       dz
                                                                                       (A.111)
        So, the transformed version of Eq. (A.109) is
                                                                                                     kA d P (z = 0, s)
                                   Q f (s) =                   .                       (A.112)
                                              μ       dz
        From Eq. (A.108), the derivative that appears in Eq. (A.112) is
                                      d P (z, s)        (Pf − Pi ) −z √s/D  (Pi − Pf ) −z √s/D
                             = − s/D           e        = √        e        ,
                     dz                  s                   sD                    
                  d P (z = 0, s)  (Pi − Pf )
         →                       = √ √ .                                               (A.113)
                        dz           D s
        Combining Eqs. (A.112) and (A.113) gives
                                                    kA(Pi − Pf )
                                       Q f (s) =        √ √ .                          (A.114)
                                                      μ D s                                               
            Finally, we must invert Q f (s) to find the flow rate into the
        fracture as a function of time, Qf (t). Using Eq. (7.1.23) for the inverse
March 1, 2018   14:33       Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in        b3114-app                page 185
                                                                     Solutions to Problems   185
        Laplace transform of s−1/2 , we find:
                                                                                                 −1 kA(Pi − Pf )                            
                        −1
              Qf (t) = L {Q f (s)} = L         √ √
                                             μ D s
                            kA(Pi − Pf ) −1 −1/2    kA(Pi − Pf )
                        =       √       L {s     }=    √         .                     (A.115)
                               μ D                    μ Dπt
        Now recall that D = k/φμc to re-write Eq. (A.115) in the form
                                                                            kA(Pi − Pf )                φck
                Qf (t) =             = A(Pi − Pf )      .         (A.116)
                         μ kπt/φμc                   πμt
        So, if the pressure in the fracture is constant, the flow rate will drop
        off as t−1/2 .
            The cumulative flow from time 0 until time t is found by
        integrating the instantaneous flow rate:
            t               t                                    
                                              φck                     φckt
                Qf (τ )dτ =     A(Pi − Pf )       dτ = 2A(Pi − Pf )         .
             0               0                πμτ                      πμ
                                                                       (A.117)
        The cumulative flow rate therefore increases as t1/2 .
        Problem 8.1. Without looking at the paper by Warren and Root,
        describe and sketch the way that the drawdown curve in Figure 8.1
        would change if (a) the storativity ratio ω increased (or decreased)
        by a factor of 10, or (b) the transmissivity ratio λ increased (or
        decreased) by a factor of 10.
        Solution: According to Eq. (8.3.4), the early-time straight line is
        given by
                                   1
                             ΔPDw = (ln tD − ln ω + 0.8091).                           (A.118)
                                   2
        Therefore, an increase in ω by a factor of 10 would cause this line to
        move down by an amount (1/2) ln ω = (1/2) ln(10) = 1.151 on the
        semi-log plot. Conversely, decreasing ω by a factor of 10 would cause
        this line to move upwards by 1.151. The late-time semi-log straight
March 8, 2018   9:48       Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in   b3114-app               page 186
        186     Fluid Flow in Porous Media
        line is given by Eq. (8.3.6):
                                         1
                               ΔPDw = (tD + 0.8091).                    (A.119)
                                         2
        This equation does not contain ω, so the late-time straight line
        will be unaffected by a change in ω. According to Eq. (8.3.12), the
        intersection time tD2 does not depend on ω. So, if ω changes by a
        factor of 10, and λ does not change, the drawdown curves will look
        as Figure A.11.
            The transmissivity ratio λ does not appear in either (8.3.4) or
        (8.3.6), so the two semi-log straight lines will not move if λ changes.
        To isolate the effect of λ, we need to find a property of the drawdown
        curve that depends on λ but not on ω. Equation (8.3.12) shows that
        the time at which the horizontal asymptote intersects the late-time
        straight line is given by
                                1
                       tD2 =      ,    or     ln tD2 = − ln γ − ln λ.           (A.120)
                               γλ
        Hence, an increase in λ by a factor of 10 would cause ln tD2 to move
        to the left by an amount ln 10 = 2.303. Conversely, decreasing λ by
        a factor of 10 would cause ln tD2 to move to the right by an amount
        ln 10 = 2.303.
            The drawdowns for the pair of values {ω, λ}, and also for the
        values {ω, 10λ} and {ω, 0.1λ} are shown in Figure A.12. Increased
        values of λ correspond to larger values of the matrix permeability.
        Figure A.11. Schematic graph of the drawdown curves for a well in a dual-porosity
        reservoir, for different values of the storativity ratio, ω.
March 1, 2018   14:33         Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in        b3114-app                page 187
                                                                       Solutions to Problems   187
        Figure A.12. Schematic graph of the drawdown curves for a well in a dual-porosity
        reservoir, for different values of the transmissivity ratio, λ.
        Hence, it makes sense that if λ increases, the drawdown curve reaches
        the quasi-steady state (second) straight line in a shorter period
        of time.
        Problem 8.2. By examining Eq. (8.3.2), and making use of either
        Eq. (2.1.22) or Table 2.1, derive an expression for the time that
        must elapse in order for the approximation (8.3.6) to be accurate to
        within about 1%. Your answer should be expressed in terms of the
        parameter λ.
        Solution: For this approximation to hold, the two Ei terms in
        Eq. (8.3.2) must be negligible compared to the two terms remaining
        in Eq. (8.3.6). These equations are repeated below:                                                     	               	
                     1                         −λtD              −λtD
           ΔPDw =       ln tD + 0.8091 + Ei              − Ei             ,
                     2                        ω(1 − ω)          (1 − ω)
                                                                                         (A.121)
                         1
           ΔPDw         = (ln tD + 0.80901).                                             (A.122)
                         2
        Since most fractured reservoirs will have ω  1, the “x” value in
        the first Ei function will be much greater than “x” in the second
        Ei function. But the magnitude of Ei(−x) decreases rapidly as x
        increases, so we see that we only need to consider the second Ei
        term.
March 1, 2018    14:33       Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in   b3114-app             page 188
        188      Fluid Flow in Porous Media
                Therefore, the condition for the Ei terms to be negligible is
                                	                         	                          −λt D             1
                    Ei             < 0.01 (ln tD + 0.8091) .           (A.123)
                         (1 − ω)            2
        If ω  1, this is equivalent to                                                     	
                                         1
                   |Ei(−λtD )| < 0.01 (ln tD + 0.8091) .                          (A.124)
                                         2
        Now note that, since we are considering “large” values of time,
        the term ln tD will be at least as large as the term 0.8091. So the
        bracketed term on the right will be at least as large as about 1.
        Hence, a sufficient condition for inequality (A.124) to be true is
                                         |Ei(−λtD )| < 0.01.                      (A.125)
        If we look at Table 2.1, we see that Eq. (A.125) will hold if the
        term ln tD is greater than about 3. So, the criterion for Eq. (8.3.2) to
        reduce to Eq. (8.3.6), which is to say, the criterion for the reservoir
        to behave like a single-porosity reservoir with a storativity equal to
        the combined storativity of the fractures and matrix blocks, is
                                                tD > 3/λ.                         (A.126)
            If we look at Figure 5 of Warren and Root (1963), and consider,
        say, the drawdown curves for λ = 0.005, we see that they do indeed
        reach the asymptotic curve (8.3.6) when tD is about 600, which is
        exactly consistent with Eq. (A.126). Note also that, according to
        (8.3.12), tD2 = 1/γλ = 0.56/λ. So, result (A.126) is also consistent
        with Figure 8.3.1, which shows that the drawdown curves reach the
        second straight-line asymptote somewhat after tD = tD2 .
        Note 1: The above manipulations were very “approximate”, but we
        somehow arrived at the correct answer. This is due to the fact that
        the Ei function goes to zero very rapidly as x increases. Specifically,
        for large x, it can be shown from Eq. (2.1.22) that −Ei(−x) ≈ e−x /x.
        So, any error in the assumed critical value of Ei(−x) will lead to a
        very small error in the critical value of x.
        Note 2: Mathematically, we always work with the natural log
        function, ln tD . In the schematic plots shown above, we used ln tD ,
March 1, 2018   14:33    Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in        b3114-app                page 189
                                                                  Solutions to Problems   189
        to keep the discussion simple. But more commonly, as in Figure 5 of
        Warren and Root, “log base 10 of ln tD ”, i.e. “log tD ”, is used.
        Problem 9.1. This problem involves a simplified model for produc-
        tion of gas from a hydraulically fractured shale gas reservoir.
            Combining Eqs. (8.1.2) and (8.1.7) leads to the following ODE
        the governs the mean pressure in a matrix block in a fractured
        reservoir:
                                dP̄m   −αkm
                                     =        (P̄m − Pf ).                          (A.127)
                                 dt    φm μcm
        As mentioned in Section 9.2, in a gas reservoir the fluid compress-
        ibility term will usually greatly exceed the formation compressibility
        term, and so the total compressibility of the gas-filled matrix block
        can be approximated by cm = cgas . Furthermore, if we approximate
        the behaviour of the gas as an ideal gas, then according to Eq. (9.2.3),
        we can say that cm = cgas = 1/Pm .
        (a) Imagine that a matrix block in a gas reservoir is initially at
            some pressure Pi , after which the pressure in the surrounding
            fractures is lowered to some value Pf < Pi , and then held at that
            pressure. Approximate the term cm = 1/Pm by its initial value
            1/Pi , and then integrate Eq. (A.127) to find the mean pressure in
            the matrix block, as a function of time. Then use Eq. (8.1.2) to
            find an expression for the rate of gas production from the matrix
            block as a function of time.
        (b) Noting that e−x will be < 0.01 when x > 5 (roughly), derive an
            expression for the time at which the production rate of gas from
            the matrix block has diminished to 1% of its initial value.
        (c) When a shale gas reservoir is hydraulically fractured, the
            interaction between the hydraulically induced fractures and the
            pre-existing microfractures and bedding planes will create a
            network of fractures around the wellbore. Imagine that this
            fracture network breaks up the region around the wellbore into
            a collection of blocks that can be approximated by cubes of
            size L. Assuming plausible values such as L = 1 m, φm = 0.1,
            μ = 1 × 10−5 Pa s, km = 10−21 m2 and Pi = 20 MPa, how long
March 1, 2018   14:33         Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in   b3114-app             page 190
        190      Fluid Flow in Porous Media
                will it take for the production rate to drop to 1% of its initial
                value?
        Solution: With the fluid pressure in the fracture, Pf , held constant,
        the general solution to Eq. (A.127) is readily found to be                                                       
                                                −αkm t
                            P̄m = Pf + A exp              ,          (A.128)
                                                φm μcm
        where A is an arbitrary constant. Imposing the initial condition that
        P̄m = Pi when t = 0 shows that A = Pi − Pf . Hence, the mean
        pressure in the matrix block is given by                                                          
                                                    −αkm t
                        P̄m = Pf + (Pi − Pf ) exp            .        (A.129)
                                                    φm μcm
        Combining this result with Eq. (8.1.2) shows that the flow rate out
        of the matrix block is given by                                                          
                               αkm (Pi − Pf )       −αkm t
                        qmf =                 exp            .     (A.130)
                                     μ              φm μcm
        This flow rate will have decreased to 1% of its initial value when
                           αkm t                5φm μcm
                                 = 5, or t =              .           (A.131)
                         φm μcm                   αkm
        If the matrix blocks are roughly cubical, of size L, then Eq. (8.1.3)
        shows that α = 3π 2 /L2 , and so the “depletion time scale” will be
        given by
                                      5φm μcm L2   0.17φm μcm L2
                        tdepleted =              ≈               .                 (A.132)
                                        3π 2 km         km
        Using the values L = 1 m, φm = 0.1, μ = 1 × 10−5 Pa s,
        km = 10−21 m2 and cm = 1/Pi = 5 × 10−8 /Pa, Eq. (A.132) predicts
        that production will essentially “die out” after about 107 sec, or
        about 100 days. This very rough model provides an explanation
        of why the production rate of a shale gas well often drops off
        dramatically after a few months.
March 1, 2018   14:33      Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in   b3114-nomenclature   page 191
                                        Nomenclature
          A     =   cross-sectional area normal to flow (m2 )
          A     =   Drainage area of reservoir (m2 ); Chapter 6 only
         CA     =   Dietz shape factor, Eq. (6.5.2) (-); Chapter 6 only
         Cs     =   wellbore storage coefficient, = Vw cf (m3 /Pa);
                    Chapter 5 only
        CD =        dimensionless wellbore storage coefficient, Eq. (5.3.7) (-);
                    Chapter 5 only
           c=       compressibility (1/Pa)
          cf =      fluid compressibility (1/Pa)
          ct =      total compressibility, = cf + cφ (1/Pa)
          cφ =      formation (pore) compressibility (1/Pa)
          D=        non-Darcy skin coefficient, Eq. (9.4.11) (s/m3 );
                    Chapter 9 only
        DH      =   hydraulic diffusivity, = k/φμct (m2 /s)
          d     =   pore diameter (m)
          d     =   distance from well to fault (m); Chapter 4 only
         Ei     =   Exponential integral function, Eq. (2.1.21) (-)
          g     =   gravitational acceleration (m/s2 )
         H      =   reservoir thickness (m)
         J0     =   Bessel function of first kind, order zero, Eq. (6.2.37) (-)
         J1     =   Bessel function of first kind, order one, Eq. (6.3.5) (-)
          k     =   permeability (m2 )
        kB      =   Boltzmann constant (Pa m3 /◦ K); Chapter 9 only
         kf     =   permeability of fracture network (m2 ); Chapter 8 only
                                                      191
March 1, 2018   14:33     Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in   b3114-nomenclature   page 192
        192     Fluid Flow in Porous Media
          km = permeability of matrix blocks (m2 ); Chapter 8 only
          kR = permeability of undamaged reservoir (m2 );
                Chapter 5 only
         kro = relative permeability to oil (-); Chapter 1 only
         krw = relative permeability to water (-); Chapter 1 only
           ks = permeability of skin region around well (m2 );
                Chapter 5 only
           L = length of sample (m); Chapter 1 only
           L = Laplace transform operator (s); Chapter 7 only
           L = length of hydraulic fracture (m); Chapter 7 only
          M = generic symbol for a mathematical operator (-);
                Chapter 3 only
           m = mass of fluid inside a region of porous rock (kg);
                Chapter 1 only
           m = magnitude of slope of drawdown vs. ln t, Eq. (2.6.3) (Pa);
                Chapter 2 only
           m = real gas pseudopressure, Eq. (9.3.4) (Pa m2 /s);
                Chapter 9 only
           P = pressure (Pa)
          Pc = corrected pressure, Eq. (1.2.3) (Pa); Chapter 1 only
          Pc = capillary pressure, Eq. (1.8.4) (Pa); Chapter 1 only
         PD = dimensionless pressure = (Pi − P )/(Pi − Pw ) (-);
                Chapter 6 only
         PDf = dimensionless pressure in fractures, Eq. (8.2.2) (-);
                Chapter 8 only
        PDm = dimensionless pressure in matrix blocks, Eq. (8.2.3) (-);
                Chapter 8 only
            s
         PD = steady-state component of dimensionless pressure (-);
                Chapter 6 only
          Pf = pressure in fractures (Pa); Chapter 8 only
           Pi = initial reservoir pressure (Pa)
         Pm = mean pressure during well test in a gas reservoir,
                Eq. (9.2.7) (Pa); Chapter 9 only
         P̄m = average pressure in matrix block (Pa); Chapter 8 only            
            P = Laplace transform of P , Eq. (7.1.2) (Pa s);
                Chapter 7 only
March 1, 2018   14:33   Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in   b3114-nomenclature          page 193
                                                                        Nomenclature   193
           P ∗ = characteristic Klinkenberg pressure, Eqs. (9.5.4, 9.5.5)
                 (Pa); Chapter 9 only
         ΔPD = dimensionless drawdown, = 2πkH(Pi − P )/μQ (-)
        ΔPDw = dimensionless drawdown at the well,
                 = 2πkH(Pi − Pw )/μQ (-)
         ΔPQ = drawdown per unit of flow rate (Pa s/m3 )
         ΔPs = excess pressure drop in skin region, = μQs/2πkR H (Pa);
                 Chapter 5 only
           pD = transient component of dimensionless pressure (-);
                 Chapter 6 only
            Q = volumetric flow rate (m3 /s)
          Qsf = sandface flow rate (from reservoir into wellbore) (m3 /s);
                 Chapter 5 only
         Qwh = wellhead flow rate (m3 /s); Chapter 5 only
           Q∗ = total volume injected into well, = Qδt (m3 );
                 Chapter 2 only
           Q∗ = constant (m3 /s); Problem 3.2 only
             q = fluid flux, = Q/A (m/s)
          qmf = flux from matrix blocks to fractures (1/s); Chapter 8 only
            qo = flux of oil (m/s); Chapter 1 only
           qw = flux of water (m/s); Chapter 1 only
            R = gas constant, Eq. (9.2.1) (Pa m3 /kg◦ K); Chapter 9 only
            R = radial distance from centre of well (m)
          RD = dimensionless radius, = R/Rw (-)
          RDe dimensionless size of reservoir, = Re /Rw (-);
                 Chapter 6 only
           Re = outer radius of circular reservoir (m); Chapter 6 only
           Ro = outer radius of circular reservoir (m); Chapter 1 and
                 Chapter 5 only
           Rs = radius of skin zone (m); Chapter 5 only
          Rw = wellbore radius (m)
           Re = Reynolds number, Eq. (9.4.1) (-); Chapter 9 only
             s = skin factor, Eq. (5.1.7) (-); Chapter 5 only
             s = Laplace transform variable (1/s); Chapter 7 only
            T = absolute temperature (◦ K); Chapter 9 only
             t = time (s)
March 1, 2018   14:33     Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in   b3114-nomenclature   page 194
        194     Fluid Flow in Porous Media
         tD = dimensionless time, = kt/φμcR2 (-)
         tD = dimensionless time, Eq. (8.2.1) (-); Chapter 8 only
        tDA = dimensionless time based on the drainage area,
               Eq. (6.5.3) (-); Chapter 6 only
        tDw = dimensionless time at the well, = kt/φμcRw   2 (-)
         tH = Horner time, = (t + Δt)/Δt (-); Chapter 3 only
          t∗ = constant (s); Problem 3.2 only
         Δt = duration of shut-in time during a pressure buildup test
               (s); Chapter 3 only
           v = fluid particle velocity, Eq. (9.4.5) (m/s)
           x = Cartesian coordinate (m)
           x = temporary variable, = λRD (-); Chapter 6 only
         Y0 = Bessel function of second kind, order zero, Eq. (6.2.39) (-)
         Y1 = Bessel function of second kind, order one, Eq. (6.3.5) (-)
           y = temporary variable, = η(dP/dη) (Pa); Chapter 2 only
           z = vertical coordinate (measured downwards) (m);
               Chapter 1 only
           z = distance from hydraulic fracture (m); Chapter 7 only
           z = gas deviation factor, Eq. (9.3.1) (-); Chapter 9 only
          zo = reference depth for computing the corrected pressure
               (m); Chapter 1 only
           α = matrix block shape factor, Eq. (8.1.2) (1/m2 );
               Chapter 8 only
           β = Forchheimer coefficient, Eq. (9.4.9) (Pa s2 /kg);
               Chapter 9 only
           φ = porosity (-)
           γ = Euler’s number, 1.781 (-) NB: some books/papers define
               γ = ln(1.781) = 0.5772
           η = Boltzmann variable, = μcR2 /kt (-)
           λ = eigenvalue (-); Chapter 6 only
           λ = transmissivity ratio, Eq. (8.2.12) (-); Chapter 8 only
           λ = mean free path of gas molecule, Eq. (9.5.1) (m);
               Chapter 9 only
           μ = viscosity (Pa s)
         μw = viscosity of water (Pa s); Chapter 1 only
March 1, 2018   14:33     Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in   b3114-nomenclature          page 195
                                                                          Nomenclature   195
        μo   =   viscosity of oil (Pa s); Chapter 1 only
         ρ   =   density (kg/m3 )
         σ   =   effective molecular diameter (m); Chapter 9 only
         τ   =   dummy time-like variable used in integrals (s)
         ω   =   storativity ratio, Eq. (8.2.11) (-); Chapter 8 only
                  b2530   International Strategic Relations and China’s National Security: World at the Crossroads
                                      This page intentionally left blank
b2530_FM.indd 6                                                                                                      01-Sep-16 11:03:06 AM
March 1, 2018   14:33    Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in   b3114-refs          page 197
                                       References
        Agarwal, R.G., Al-Hussainy, R. and Ramey, H.J. (1970). An investigation
          of wellbore storage and skin effect in unsteady liquid flow: I. Analytical
          treatment, Society of Petroleum Engineers Journal, 10(3), 279–290.
        Barenblatt, G.I., Zheltov, Y.P. and Kochina, I.N. (1960). Basic concepts in
          the theory of seepage of homogeneous liquids in fissured rocks, Journal
          of Applied Mathematics and Mechanics, 24(5), 1286–1303.
        Bear, J. (1972). Dynamics of Fluids in Porous Media, American Elsevier,
          New York.
        Blunt, M.J. (2017). Reservoir Engineering: The Imperial College Lectures in
          Petroleum Engineering, Vol. 2, World Scientific, London and Singapore.
        Bourdet, D. and Gringarten, A.C. (1980). Determination of fissure volume
          and block size in fractured reservoirs by type-curve analysis. SPE
          Annual Fall Technical Conference and Exhibition, Dallas, Texas, 21–24
          September (SPE-9293).
        Brigham, W.E., Peden, J.M., Ng, K.F. and O’Neill, N. (1980). The analysis
          of spherical flow with wellbore storage, SPE Annual Fall Technical
          Conference and Exhibition, Dallas, Texas, 21–24 September (SPE-9294).
        Carslaw, H.S. and Jaeger, J.C. (1949). Operational Methods in Applied
          Mathematics, Oxford University Press, Oxford.
        Chen, H.K. and Brigham, W.E. (1978). Pressure buildup for a well with
          storage and skin in a closed square, Journal of Petroleum Technology,
          36(1), 141–146.
        Chierici, G.L. (1994). Principles of Petroleum Reservoir Engineering,
          Vol. 1, Springer, New York.
        Churchill, R.V. (1958). Operational Mathematics, McGraw-Hill, New York.
        Dake, L.P. (1978). Fundamentals of Reservoir Engineering, Elsevier,
          Amsterdam.
                                                 197
March 1, 2018   14:33       Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in   b3114-refs        page 198
        198     Fluid Flow in Porous Media
        Daltaban, T.S. and Wall, C.G. (1998). Fundamental and Applied Pressure
           Analysis, Imperial College Press, London.
        Darcy, H. (1856). Les Fontaines Publiques de la Ville de Dijon (The public
           fountains of the City of Dijon), Dalmont, Paris.
        de Marsily, G. (1986). Quantitative Hydrogeology, Academic Press, San
           Diego.
        Dietz, D.N. (1965). Determination of average reservoir pressure from build-
           up surveys, Journal of Petroleum Technology, 23(8), 955–959.
        Duhamel, J.N.C. (1833). Sur la méthode générale relative au mouvement
           de la chaleur dans les corps solides plongés dans des milieux dont la
           température varie avec le temps (On the general method regarding the
           movement of heat in a body immersed in a medium whose temperature
           varies with time), Journal de l’École Polytechnique, 14(22), 20–77.
        Dupuit, J. (1857). Mouvement de l’eau a travers le terrains permeables
           (Movement of water through permeable formations), Comptes Rendus
           de l’Académie des Sciences, 45, 92–96.
        Earlougher, R.C. (1977). Advances in Well Test Analysis, Society of
           Petroleum Engineers, Dallas.
        Gringarten, A.C. (1984). Interpretation of tests in fissured and multilayered
           reservoirs with double-porosity behavior: Theory and practice, Journal
           of Petroleum Technology, 36(4), 549–564.
        Hirschfelder, J.O., Curtiss, C.F. and Bird, R.B. (1954). Molecular Theory
           of Gases and Liquids, Wiley, New York.
        Jaeger, J.C., Cook, N.G.W. and Zimmerman, R.W. (2007). Fundamentals
           of Rock Mechanics, 4th edition, Wiley-Blackwell, Oxford.
        Joseph, J.A. and Koederitz, L.F. (1985). Unsteady-state spherical flow with
           storage and skin, Society of Petroleum Engineers Journal, 25(6), 804–
           822.
        Kazemi, H. (1969). Pressure transient analysis of naturally fractured reser-
           voirs with uniform fracture distribution, Society of Petroleum Engineers
           Journal, 9(4), 451–462.
        Kazemi, H., Merrill, L.S., Porterfield, K.L. and Zeman, P.R. (1976).
           Numerical simulation of water-oil flow in naturally fractured reservoirs,
           Society of Petroleum Engineers Journal, 16(6), 317–326.
        Klinkenberg, L.J. (1941). The Permeability of Porous Media to Liquids
           and Gases, in Drilling and Production Practices, American Petroleum
           Institute, Washington, D.C., pp. 200–213.
        Matthews, C.S. and Russell, D.G. (1967). Pressure Buildup and Flow Tests
           in Wells, Society of Petroleum Engineers, Dallas.
        Muskat, M. (1937). The Flow of Homogeneous Fluids through Porous Media,
           McGraw-Hill, New York.
March 1, 2018   14:33    Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in   b3114-refs                page 199
                                                                         References   199
        Quintard, M. and Whitaker, S. (1996). Transport in chemically and
           mechanically heterogeneous porous media: 2, Comparison with numerical
           experiments for slightly compressible single-phase flow, Advances in
           Water Resources, 19(1), 49–60.
        Stanislav, J.F. and Kabir, C.S. (1990). Pressure Transient Analysis,
           Prentice-Hall, Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey.
        Stehfest, H. (1968). Algorithm 368: Numerical inversions of Laplace trans-
           forms, Communications of the Association for Computing Machinery,
           13(1), 47–49.
        Stewart, G. (2011). Well Test Design and Analysis, Pennwell Publishers,
           Tulsa, Oklahoma.
        Streltsova, T.D. (1988). Well Testing in Heterogeneous Formations, Wiley,
           New York.
        Theis, C.V. (1935). The relation between the lowering of the piezometric
           surface and the rate and duration of discharge of a well using ground-
           water storage, Transactions American Geophysical Union, 16, 519–524.
        Thiem, A. (1887). Verfahress für Natürlicher Grundwassergeschwindegkiten
           (Movement of natural groundwater flow). Polytechnisches Notizblatt, 42,
           229.
        Tranter, C.J. (1971). Integral Transforms in Mathematical Physics, Chap-
           man and Hall, London.
        van Everdingen, A.F. and Hurst, W. (1949). The application of the Laplace
           transformation to flow problems in reservoirs, Petroleum Transactions,
           AIME, 186, 305–324.
        Warren, J.E. and Root, P.J. (1963). The behavior of naturally fractured
           reservoirs, Society of Petroleum Engineers Journal, 3(3), 245–255.
        Watson, G.N. (1944). A Treatise on the Theory of Bessel Functions, 2nd
           edition, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge.
        Wattenbarger, R.A. and Ramey, H.J. (1970). An investigation of wellbore
           storage and skin effect in unsteady liquid flow: ii. Finite difference
           treatment, Society of Petroleum Engineers Journal, 10(3), 291–297.
        Zimmerman, R.W. (1991). Compressibility of Sandstones, Elsevier,
           Amsterdam.
        Zimmerman, R.W. (2017a), Introduction to rock properties, in Topics
           in Reservoir Management: The Imperial College Lectures in Petroleum
           Engineering, Vol. 3, World Scientific, London and Singapore, pp. 1–46.
        Zimmerman, R.W. (2017b). Pore volume and porosity changes under
           uniaxial strain conditions, Transport in Porous Media, 119(2), 481–498.
        Zimmerman, R.W., Chen, G., Hadgu, T. and Bodvarsson, G.S. (1993).
           A numerical dual-porosity model with semianalytical treatment of
           fracture/matrix flow, Water Resources Research, 29(7), 2127–2137.
                  b2530   International Strategic Relations and China’s National Security: World at the Crossroads
                                      This page intentionally left blank
b2530_FM.indd 6                                                                                                      01-Sep-16 11:03:06 AM
March 1, 2018   14:38      Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in        b3114-index               page 201
                                                Index
        A                                                 buildup tests, 45, 47, 50, 73–74, 79
        afterproduction, 75
        Agarwal, R.G., 79                                 C
        anisotropy, 24                                    capillary pressure, 5, 19–20
        aperture, 124                                     capillary tube, 146
        aquifer, 9, 57, 81                                carbonates, 7, 15
        asymptotic straight lines, 42                     Carslaw, H.S., 104, 111
        average (reservoir) pressure, 102, 175,
                                                          chalk, 4
           177–178
                                                          Chen, H.K., 79
                                                          Chierici, G.L., 140, 145, 148
        B
                                                          Churchill, R.V., 104, 111
        Barenblatt, G.I., 123, 125                        clay, 4
        Barrel, 20
                                                          complex variable, 105, 109, 112
        Bear, J., 6
                                                          compressibility of fluid, 13, 136–138,
        bedding plane, 149
                                                             140
        Bernoulli’s equation, 2
                                                          conservation of energy, 2
        Bessel equation, 87
                                                          conservation of mass, 1, 10–12, 17,
        Bessel function, 88–90, 94, 171–174
                                                             19, 153
        Bird, R.B., 146
        Blunt, M.J., 20                                   constant pressure boundary, 65, 68,
        Boltzmann, L., 26                                    81, 166–168, 179
        Boltzmann constant, 146–147                       convolution, 52, 54–55, 103, 116–119,
        Boltzmann transformation, 26, 81–83,                 161
          104                                             corrected pressure, 5–6
        boundary condition, 25, 47, 58, 79,               cross-sectional area, 2, 4, 8, 10, 152
          82–86, 93, 95, 103, 113–114, 122,               cubical matrix block, 126, 149, 190
          183                                             cumulative flow, 185
        Bourdet, D., 133                                  Curtiss, C.F., 146
        Brigham, W.E., 79, 154                            cylindrical block, 126
        Buckley–Leverett, 20                              cylindrical coordinates, 16
                                                    201
March 1, 2018   14:38      Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in       b3114-index                page 202
        202     Fluid Flow in Porous Media
        D                                                eigenfunction expansion, 45, 81–82,
        Dake, L.P., 82, 177                                 93, 104, 160
                                                         eigenvalue, 90–91, 94, 101, 125,
        Daltaban, T.S., 119
                                                            171–172
        Darcy, H., 1
                                                         elapsed time, 24, 29, 33, 37–38, 48
        Darcy units, 3–4
                                                         enthalpy, 2
        Darcy’s law, 1–3, 5–7, 12–13, 17–18,
                                                         Euler’s number, 35
          70, 79, 92, 135–136, 142–143, 145,
                                                         exponential integral function, 29, 34,
          153
                                                            51, 61, 75, 162, 187–188
        de Marsily, G., 13, 24–25, 30
        density, 2, 19–20, 142
                                                         F
        determinant, 90
        Dietz, D.N., 100                                 fault gouge, 57, 59
        Dietz shape factor, 100–101                      faults, 57, 59–62, 67, 99
        differential operator, 46                         Fick’s law, 2
                                                         finite reservoir regime, 98, 102
        dimensionless pressure drawdown,
          30, 32, 64, 78, 84, 94, 127–128,               fluid compressibility, 13, 15, 20, 124,
                                                            149
          163
                                                         foot, 20
        dimensionless radius, 84, 94, 127
                                                         Forchheimer coefficient, 144
        dimensionless time, 30, 32–33, 35–36,
                                                         Forchheimer equation, 135, 144–145
          64, 84, 94, 127, 163
                                                         formation compressibility, 13, 15, 124,
        dimensionless wellbore storage
                                                            149
          coefficient, 78
                                                         fracture porosity, 129
        divergence, 12
                                                         fracture spacing, 125
        drainage area, 98–99
                                                         fracture storativity, 127, 129, 132
        drawdown, 9–10, 47–48, 52–53,
                                                         fracture-matrix interaction term,
          55, 58–59, 62, 64, 67, 73, 80,
                                                            124
          107
                                                         fractured reservoirs, 5, 123–124,
        drawdown test, 39–41, 59, 73, 76
                                                            129–130, 134, 138, 149
        drilling mud, 69                                 fractures, 124, 126, 144
        dual-permeability model, 130
        dual-porosity model/reservoir,                   G
          123–125, 127, 132, 186–187
        Duhamel, J.N.C., 54                              gas, 14, 18, 25, 46, 135
                                                         gas cap, 65
        Duhamel’s principle, 54
                                                         gas constant, 137
        dummy (integration) variable, 28,
                                                         gas deviation factor, 139
          106, 180
                                                         gas permeability, 135, 148
        Dupuit, J., 9
                                                         gas reservoirs, 135–136, 149
        Dupuit–Thiem equation, 9
                                                         gas sands, 138
                                                         gauge pressure, 5
        E
                                                         geothermal reservoirs, 125
        Earlougher, R.C., 77                             gneiss, 4
        early-time regime, 60, 79, 130–132               granite, 4
        early-transient regime, 97                       gravel, 4
        eigenfunction, 91–93, 96                         Green’s functions, 45, 160
March 1, 2018   14:38       Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in       b3114-index                 page 203
                                                                                       Index   203
        Gringarten, A.C., 132–133                         Koederitz, L.F., 154
        gravitational acceleration, 2                     Kozeny–Carman equation, 143
        groundwater, 9
                                                          L
        H                                                 Laplace domain, 104–106, 110,
        Hirschfelder, J.O., 146                              114–115, 118, 122, 183–184
        homogeneous, 24                                   Laplace transform, 26, 45, 79, 82, 96,
        horizontal flow, 2                                    103–109, 111–115, 117, 120–121,
        Horner plot, 75, 79                                  160, 179–184
        Horner time, 50                                   Laplace variable, 104
        Hurst, W., 96                                     late-time regime, 40, 62, 66, 102, 163
        hydraulic diffusivity, 15, 113                     late-transient regime, 97, 132
        hydraulic fracture, 103, 112–113, 118,            Leibnitz’s theorem, 111–112
          122, 149                                        limestone, 4
                                                          line-source solution, 23, 30, 32–34,
        I                                                    38–39, 43, 48, 57–58, 64, 66,
                                                          69, 74, 81, 84, 94, 97, 155–156
        ideal gas, 137, 140, 149
                                                          linear boundary, 57
        image wells, 57, 59, 60–66, 99,
                                                          linear operator, 46, 105
           166–168
                                                          linearity, 45, 47, 55, 159–160
        infinite reservoir, 23, 51, 55, 57, 73,            liquids, 14
           82, 84, 154                                    logarithmic approximation, 34, 36–37,
        infinite reservoir regime, 98–100                     43, 49, 60, 62, 66, 74–75, 97,
        inhomogeneity, 25                                    156–157
        initial condition, 25, 47, 58, 82,
           84–86, 92, 107, 113, 122, 190                  M
        integration by parts, 54, 106, 162
                                                          mathematical induction, 181
        intersecting faults, 62
                                                          Matthews, C.S., 29, 94, 101, 138, 177
        inverse Laplace transform, 110,
                                                          matrix block, 124–126, 132, 149, 190
           118–119
                                                          matrix porosity, 129
        isotropic, 24
                                                          matrix storativity, 127, 131–132
                                                          mean free path, 146
        J
                                                          microfractures, 149
        Jacob’s approximation, 36                         milliDarcy units, 4
        Jaeger, J.C., 104, 111, 124                       molecular diameter, 146–147
        Joseph, J.A., 154                                 multi-phase flow, 18
                                                          multi-rate flow tests, 51–52
        K                                                 Muskat, M., 92–94, 96, 104
        Kabir, C.S., 72, 76, 154
        Kazemi, H., 125                                   N
        kinetic theory of gases, 146                      Navier–Stokes equations, 145
        Klinkenberg, L.J., 146                            nitrogen, 148
        Klinkenberg correction, 148                       no-flow boundary, 81, 95
        Klinkenberg effect, 136, 145, 147                  no-slip boundary condition, 145
        Knudsen flow, 146                                  non-circular drainage region, 99
March 1, 2018   14:38       Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in        b3114-index                page 204
        204     Fluid Flow in Porous Media
        non-Darcy regime/pressure drop, 135,              rectangular block, 126
          142, 144                                        recursion relation, 88
        non-Darcy skin coefficient, 145                     relative permeability, 18
        nonlinear diffusion equation, 135                  Representative Elementary Volume
                                                             (REV), 6–7, 125
        O                                                 reservoir, 1, 5, 7–9, 13, 16, 20
        observation well, 38, 58                          reservoir engineering, 1, 7, 23, 36, 45,
        Ohm’s law, 2                                         103, 139
        oil, 7, 15, 18, 20                                reservoir simulation, 1
        oil-wet, 19                                       Reynolds number, 142, 144
        oilfield units, 2                                  Root, P.J., 123, 125, 130, 134, 188
        ordinary differential equation, 26                 Russell, D.G., 29, 94, 101, 138, 177
        orthogonality, 92
                                                          S
        P                                                 sand, 1, 4, 15
        perforations, 21, 24, 70, 72                      sand grain, 6
        permeability, 1–6, 9, 20, 39–41, 43,              sandstones, 4, 7, 15
          81, 146                                         saturation, 19
        permeability-thickness product, 9, 40             seismic waves, 16
        Poise unit, 20                                    semi-log straight line, 41, 62, 64, 67,
        pore compressibility, 13, 15                         74, 99, 131–133, 158–159, 165–166,
        pore diameter/size, 4, 135, 142, 146                 185–186
        pore volume, 11                                   semi-steady-state regime, 97
        porosity, 11, 13, 19, 40, 43                      shales, 4, 15, 136, 147, 149
        pressure, 1–2, 5–8, 10, 28, 32, 38, 46            shape factor, 125
        pressure diffusion equation, 1, 12, 15,            shut-in, 45, 47, 49–50, 74–75, 80
          24, 48, 81, 103, 111, 113, 124–125              silt, 4
        pressure disturbance, 16                          single-porosity reservoir, 129, 131, 188
        pressure gradient, 1, 6, 24, 48                   singularities, 109, 111
        pressure pulse, 16, 32–33                         skin, 69–71, 73, 79, 123, 145
        pseudo pressure, 135, 139–140                     skin factor, 52, 72, 74
        pseudo-steady-state fracture-matrix               slip flow, 146
          flow, 125                                        soils, 19
        pseudo-steady-state regime, 97                    source-sink term, 124
        psi unit, 20                                      spherical block, 126
                                                          spherical flow, 20, 153–154
        Q                                                 spherical point source, 154
                                                          Stanislav, J.F., 72, 76, 154
        Quintard, M., 125                                 steady-state flow, 7–9
                                                          steady-state regime, 97
        R                                                 Stehfest, H., 119
        radial flow, 7, 17–20                              Stehfest algorithm, 119–121
        radius of penetration, 16, 33                     Stewart, G., 115
        Ramey, H.J., 79                                   stimulation, 72
        real gas, 139                                     storativity, 15, 39, 42–43, 78, 81, 188
March 1, 2018   14:38      Fluid Flow in Porous Media - 9in x 6in        b3114-index                 page 205
                                                                                       Index   205
        storativity ratio, 129, 133–134, 186             vertical well, 23
        Streltsova, T.D., 64, 99                         viscosity, 2, 4, 20, 41, 43, 125,
        stress-sensitive reservoirs, 46                     136–137, 142
        superposition, 37, 45, 48–49, 51, 57,
           59, 64, 84, 86                                W
        swelling of clays, 69                            Wall, C.G., 119
                                                         Warren, J.E., 123, 125, 130, 134, 188
        T                                                water, 15, 18, 20
        temperature, 137, 146–147                        Watson, G.N., 89
        Theis, C.V., 29                                  Wattenbarger, R.A., 79
        Theis solution, 29, 59                           well, 7–9, 16, 20–21, 23–24, 29–30, 37,
        Thiem, A., 9                                       58, 151, 170
        Thiem equation, 85, 92, 94                       well productivity, 102, 177, 179
        time domain, 104–106, 110, 117, 119,             well test analysis, 1, 18, 23, 40, 75, 77
          184                                            wellbore storage, 33, 69, 75–76,
        time-shift property, 107                           78–80, 123, 154
        total compressibility, 15, 43, 126, 149          wellbore storage coefficient, 77, 170
        transient flow, 9, 12, 18                         wellhead, 76, 78
        transition regime, 98, 101, 171, 174             Whittaker, S., 125
        transmissivity, 48
        transmissivity ratio, 129, 133–134,              Z
          186–187                                        Zimmerman, R.W., 4, 13, 19, 126, 138
        Tranter, C.J., 104
        trapezium rule, 120
        V
        van Everdingen, A.F., 96
        vertical flow, 2